Home

Artisan Technology Group is your source for quality new and

1. Audio Ctrl Gen amp Amp 7 o ed Aa i art Sound Mic CDRW 2346017 i a i 22533035B Rear panel left E i B W PRINTER ag 3 Printer Trig 2256685 1 5 4 2253080 8 7 FD 2346034 8 CRM VIC 2252991 p HD 2346033 i i i i RGB Sync i Comp BIW amp i YC Out 2253011 E 5 2327027 Frame Grabber 2371429 H 2399676 4 i ur Li 1 BOG InChI Composite Video Out j DIUCHCTIRSWEL nove Composite Video Out2 i 7252981 CE SVIDEOIN 2266743 H COMI 2253009 RS232 1 2266742 i Flat Cable i 2328606 i PAR PORT 1 NETWORK i 8232 2 A 2297905 USB A i i 2253018 1 MODEM 2300852 MODEM i 2300852 TES EA 2269430 i e Ecc iE 3 UPS 2316279 2260430 i Soft 12307289 E amp 12V r A im Ps i BATTERY To monitor i 1 2346011 2253014 R mE i 110Vac B 2252967 2300847 FRONT END 22530303 AC System 2399304 evan pol Co AN 0000 contactors E O DI OI E2 O naan LI UJ UJ SJ SJ a Tue 2295791 X5 Ka Mother Board g 2356513 Front Board Mux BF64 RFI PHASED 64 Beam a g LINEAR 64 22530383 Bonner FE 200307 E ARRY PRO FA200900 8 PROBES 23032 253033 3 2252966 PENCIL bi PROBE AC i INPUT Data Bus MLA Bus BOX as 2252994 ome ie Buffed FE bus FE Bus SC C 2269428 2 GENERAL or 22964 N or 2269460 2 US or 2415383 From AC outlet Figu
2. 4 3 1 2 Speakers Tests Table 4 5 Speakers Test Step Task Expected Result s 1 Run the audio diagnostic as described in the Audio Doppler Sound Driver Diagnostic Test on page 7 70 Change the frequency and speaker activity from right Verify that there is clear sound from both speakers at all 2 frequencies Note that right and left are as seen when to left i standing behind the unit 4 3 1 3 Video Grabbing Test Table 4 6 Video Grabbing Test Step Task Expected Result s Connect the Y C OUT to the Y C IN and run the video 1 grabbing calibration as described in Video Grabbing Calibration on page 6 17 2 Examine the grabbed image Verify that the grabbed image is stable and has similar grey levels to that of the reference image 4 3 2 Peripherals 4 3 2 1 VCR Test Table 4 7 VCR Test Step Task Expected Result s 1 Connect a Sony 9600 VCR to the system restart the Verify that all the following cables are connected system and load an SVHS cassette SVHS In Out Audio In Out and RS232 Connect a 3S probe Reset the VCR counter and press T i d 2 the VCR Record button using the indicated soft keys as verify thatthe recording indicator reg dot is displayed on screen and the tape counter is running on screen displayed on screen 3 Activate CW Mode and record 2 minutes of heart Record 2 minutes of CW scanning scanning or a similar effect using a phantom Stop recording and press the Play B but
3. 15 Monitor 17 Monitor in Dark Room in Dark Room Brightness 50 50 Contrast 100 80 Red 90 100 Green 90 100 Blue 100 100 Note f after adjustment brightness is set below 10 or above 90 the monitor should be rejected 6 12 Section 6 7 Image Quality Calibration Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Note Always perform the calibration in similar lighting conditions to those where the unit will be used If the unit is to be used in different lighting conditions perform full calibration in both dark and light conditions It is suggested that you write down the brightness and contrast settings for both conditions so that the monitor can be reset to the calibrated values 3 Press the Exit button twice to close the on screen menu The scanning screen is displayed 4 Perform monitor calibration as described in the Monitor Calibration on page 6 16 Chapter 6 Service Adjustments 6 13 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 6 8 Calibration The Diagnostic dialog box accessed by pressing lt Ctrl F11 gt or lt Alt D gt when in regular scanning mode enables yo
4. 8 48 TX Power Supply Replacement Procedure 22005 8 48 Front End Crate Replacement Procedure Lus 8 50 Fan Replacement Procedure 00 e eee eee eee 8 52 xvii Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO VIvID 3 SERVICE MANUAL Back End Paris Replacement 225249 ok REOR RRRKCOE AK NAWA EO ORC QE 8 54 Preparation seme saima TEL tate eee NG eee wee ee 8 54 Back End Processor Replacement Procedure 55 8 58 BEP1 Cover Replacement Procedure 20000 ce eeeeee 8 64 BEP2 Cover and Octopus Card Holder Replacement Procedure 8 66 Plug amp Scan Board Replacement Procedure 8 69 Plug amp Scan Battery Replacement Procedure 8 70 VGA AGP Board Replacement Procedure aa 8 72 SCSI Board Replacement Procedure 0 0 e eee 8 73 PC2IP Board Replacement Procedure ee eeeee 8 75 Frame Grabber Board Replacement Procedure 8 76 Keyboard Control Board Replacement Procedure 8 77 CDRW Drive Replacement Procedure 0000 cence ene 8 78 MO Drive Replacement Procedure 00000 eee eeeee 8 80 ECG Module Replacement Procedure a 8 82 PC VIC Replacement Pro
5. Table 3 21 Packaging Materials for the Cardboard Shipping Crate Item Description Qty 1 Press on envelope 2 2 Product Label 1 3 Input Pwr Cable 1 4 Platform wooden base 1 5 Ramp 1 6 Antistatic nylon 6 6m 7 Silica gel bag 3 8 Cardboard Package Carton 1 9 Gel Support 2 10 Monitor Support 1 11 Antistatic bag 1 12 Carton cover 1 13 Steel strip 15m 14 Cellotape 20m 15 Staple 22 16 Wood screw 2 17 Fragile label 2 18 Up label 2 19 CE label 1 20 S N label 1 21 Tax security code label 2 22 Shockwatch label 2 23 Shipping label 2 24 Product locator card 2 16 25 Front stopper release label 2 3 70 Section 3 8 Storing and Transporting the Unit Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 8 6 Packing the Unit into the Wooden Shipping Crate Note For details of item numbers in this procedure refer to the following figures Figure 3 1 on page 3 4 Figure 3 3 on page 3 6 Figure 3 4 on page 3 7 Figure 3 5 on page 3 7 1 Turn OFF the unit by pressing the ON OFF button on the control console 2 Turn OFF the AC circuit breaker on the rear of the unit 3 Disconnect the mains power plug from the wall outlet 4 Unplug any probes connected to the unit and store them in their original cases 5 Disconnect and remove all external cables from
6. MANUAL IN ANTISTATIC BAG C C M 1 9 B 1x CARTON WITH EXT CABLES the 1x CARTON WITH ACCESSORIES 7 xe RFD SPOT CORNER Figure 3 4 Antistatic Cover Supports and Accessories 13 Remove the three silica gel moisture absorbing bags item 5 in Figure 3 4 above located under the unit 14 Raise the control console monitor by pressing the release grip located under the unit s front handle 15 Remove the two cartons containing the external cables and accessories located under the control console and then lower the control console 16 Lay the top cover removed from the crate in step 8 on page 3 6 on the floor and push it over the narrow side of the base in front of the unit to act as a ramp item 3 in Figure 3 5 below AC POWER CaBiE HOOK P4 ag 7 3 RAMP 1 BASE 2 ANTISTATIC SHEET Figure 3 5 Removing the Unit from the Wooden Crate Chapter 3 Installation 3 7 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 17 Press the brake pedal located near the bottom of the front of the unit to the right to prevent the wheels from swiveling as described in the Swivel Brake Label section page 1 24 18 Pull the unit backwards from the platform base onto the ramp and roll it down to the floor 19 Press the brake pedal located near t
7. 7 6 Section 7 3 Performing Front End FE Diagnostics Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Auto Sequence commences While the sequence of automatic testing proceeds the name of the test currently in progress is displayed in the Test Name field and the current Loop and Step are shown below In addition a flashing colored light below the Passed and Failed displays indicates the current test status as follows Green test passed Yellow testin progress Red test failed 5 Atany stage trackball to the Pause button under Execute Sequence and press Select if required 6 To resume testing from the point where you paused trackball to the Start button and press Select 7 At any stage during the testing sequence trackball to the View Report button and press Select to review the current Auto Sequence Test Report 8 When Auto Sequence is complete trackball to the View Report button and press Select to review the final Auto Sequence Test Report This will now list all tests performed and show details of which tests passed or failed 9 Trackball to the Exit button and press Select to close the Automatic FE Testing dialog box NOTE During Auto Sequence the system will automatically re boot at least twice This is normal and should not be cause fo
8. Figure 7 39 HVPS Voltage Ranges 5 Trackball to the Show button and press Select to display the voltages Note For repeat readings select Loop every and set the reading time cycle Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 63 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 3 9 6 5 Temp Test The Temp test displays the temperature at the Front End crate as well as the temperature of the AC distribution box 1 Access the MUX tab of the FB Diagnostics dialog box as described in the Accessing the MUX Diagnostic Test Options section on page 7 47 2 Trackball to the Advanced board tests button and press Select The Advanced System Tests options are displayed as shown in Figure 7 34 on page 7 58 3 Trackball to the Monitor button and press Select The View Power options are displayed as shown in Figure 7 36 on page 7 60 4 Trackball to the Temperature button and press Select The temperatures are displayed as shown below Figure 7 40 Temperatures 5 Trackball to the Show button and press Select to display the temperatures Note For repeat readings select Loop every and set the reading time cycle 7 64 Section 7 3 Performing Front End FE Diagnostics Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com
9. Chapter 1 Introduction 1 25 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 1 5 3 Standards Used To fulfill the requirements of relevant EC directives and or European Harmonized International standards the following documents standards have been used Table 1 8 Standards Used Standard Directive Scope 89 336 EEC EMC Directive 93 42 EEC Medical Device Directive IEC 801 2 Electrostatic Discharge IEC 801 3 Radiated Electromagnetic Field IEC 801 4 Electrical Fast Transient Burst IEC 805 1 Surge EN 55011 CISPR 11 Electromagnetic Susceptibility EN 60601 1 IEC 601 1 UL 2601 1 Medical Electrical Equipment General Requirements for Safety EN 61157 IEC 61157 Ara na ak gang of the acoustic output of medical NOTE For CE Compliance it is critical that all covers screws shielding gaskets mesh and clamps are in good condition and installed tightly without skew or stress Proper installation following all comments noted in this service manual is required in order to achieve full EMC performance 1 5 4 Lockout Tagout Requirements For USA Only Follow OSHA Lockout Tagout requirements by ensuring you are in total control of the electrical Mains plug 1 26 Section 1 5 EMC EMI and ESD Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guar
10. areset pulse SRES 5 10 Section 5 1 Overview Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 4 1 3 5 4 1 4 5 4 1 4 1 The Radio Frequency Interface RFI board controls all Front End boards on systems with the RFI configuration The board loads all parameters to the FB MUX and Beamformer RAMs it reads the probe identification selects probe connector on TR4 boards and controls the high voltage multiplexer in linear probes In addition the board generates the following a transmit trigger pulse for TR4 a receive synchronization pulse SYNC L used by Beamformers and RF 8 Tissue Processor a differential ATGC voltage used by TR4 and control signals for the High Voltage Power Supply HVPS system master clock generator 40 MHz a reset pulse SRES receive focusing control analog test signal generator temperature sensing for TEE probes step motor control for TEE probes The output from the Beamadders at BF is fed to the RFI or RFT board Transmitter Power Supply The transmitters on the TR4 boards HVPS on FB are fed with high voltage from the TX supply This module consists of three linear power supplies one providing a symmetrical output voltage ranging from 0 to 80 V HV1 another providing a voltage ranging from 0
11. Each button has an LED that indicates the Map 3 data flow The functionality of each button in following by its color this area corresponds to that of the tab of the Green The test has been completed and no same name in the lower portion of the dialog problems were identified box Each button or tab enables you to select Red Problems were identified during the and perform the FE diagnostic tests by performance of the test trackballing to the required button or tab and Yellow The test is in progress pressing Select Test Displays a description of the selected diagnostic Description test Area Test Area Displays the buttons that enable you to perform Each button has an LED that indicates the diagnostic tests following by its color Green The test has been completed and no problems were identified Red Problems were identified during the performance of the test Yellow The test is in progress Comment Displays instructions during the test as well as The following messages are displayed Area test status and result messages Test status For example Ready for test or Complete Instructions During the course of a diagnostic test any instructions to the user are displayed in the Comment area Test results For example Pass or Fail Tabs Enable you to select and perform the FE diagnostic tests H W Report Displays hardware and software version Button information as described in Chapter 1 Introduction Current
12. INSTALLATION IU NOTE FUR DEVNSTALLATIDN PURPOSES USE BACK SIDE 2262846 5 A A coce Figure 3 50 Product Locator Installation Card ICD 3 Mail the Product Locator Installation Card s to the appropriate product center 3 9 3 User Manual s Check that the correct Vivid 3 Pro Vivid 3 Expert User Manual s for the system and relevant software revision is included with the installation Specific language versions of the Vivid 3 Pro Vivid 3 Expert User Manual may also be available Check with your GE Sales Representative for availability During and after installation supplementary documentation such as User Manuals and Installation Manuals for the peripherals must be kept as part of the original system documentation This will ensure that all relevant safety and user information is available during the operation and service of the complete system Chapter 3 Installation 3 77 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Chapter 4 Functional Checks Section 4 1 Overview 4 1 1 Purpose of Chapter 4 This chapter describes the functional checks that must be performed either as a part of the installation procedure or as required during servicing and periodic maintenance of the Vivid 3 ultrasound scanner Note Refer to Chapter 7 Diagnostics Tro
13. Test Result Message Displays the test result e TR4 Modules Displays a graphic representation of the front board four groups of TR4 Sockets Each group consists of four TR4 sockets each socket containing four vectors channels as follows e Each vector is represented by a button highlighted in green that displays the number of the socket to which the TR4 is connected e Each button is highlighted yellow when selected e Each button is highlighted red if errors were detected for one or more channels e Checkboxes Enable you to manipulate bad channels Show Only Bad Channels Select this checkbox to display only bad channels in the Display area Mark bad channel Select this checkbox to manually mark the currently selected channel as bad 7 36 Section 7 3 Performing Front End FE Diagnostics Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 Check the test result message and proceed as follows e fone or more channels were identified as bad trackball to the Save Report button and press Select then contact a GE Medical Systems Service Representative f no channels were identified as bad mark the channels suspected as being bad as follows Trackball to each of the channels in the Display area and press select Trackball to the Mark bad channel checkbox
14. The system enters Standby mode Turn OFF the system s circuit breaker The system remains in Standby mode indicated by the blinking On Off button LED Turn ON the system s circuit breaker Press the On Off Button The system returns quickly to the Power ON state less than 30 seconds Turn OFF the system s circuit breaker Turn ON the System s circuit breaker after entering to Standby mode The system enters Standby mode and stays in this mode The On Off button LED is blinking Turn OFF the system s circuit breaker Press the On Off button The system enters the Power OFF state The On Off button LED is OFF 4 10 Section 4 3 Functional Check Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo ViviD 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 4 4 Image Testing 2D M CFM Doppler NOTE To perform these tests thoroughly it is recommended to use three types of soft tissue phantoms RMI 403GS RMI 404G and RMI 1425A or an equivalent surface that can simulate the same soft tissue effects 4 4 1 3S Probe Image Quality Tests 4 4 1 1 2D Noise Uniformity Test Table 4 18 2D Noise Uniformity Test 3S Step Task Expected Result s 4 With a 3S probe in the air select a Cardiac preset Set the following parameters 2 2D Gain 50 Ensure that there are no white c
15. 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 7 2 Diagnostics 7 2 1 Diagnostic Tools The diagnostic tools check the system parts as well as power supplies temperature fan operation board functions Back end signal processing performance keyboard operation and so on 7 2 2 Diagnostic Procedure Summary The diagnostic tools are used to identify and correct problems as follows e When the system boots up it loads all the required drivers and establishes communication with the front board via the IP card Check the system presets to verify that good unit performance can be achieved When the Back End is operating you can verify proper voltages and temperatures in the Front End motherboard and in the AC Distribution Box To check the Front End parts the tests must follow a logical sequence in order to identify the faulty component For example testing communication between the Front End and the Back End begins by testing the RFI board IMP board and the PC2IP before testing all the other boards in the following sequence as applicable For systems with RFI configuration RFI board BF board FB and MUX board OR For systems with RFT configuration VME Bus FEC RFT BF board FB and MUX board Many error messages are displayed due to minor changes in calibration that may occur during normal operation Before performing diagnostic tests perform calibration as described in the Calibration section page 6 14 If error messages are displayed aft
16. e e Medical lasers Scanners Cauterizing guns Computers Monitors Fans Gel warmers Microwave ovens Portable phones Broadcast stations and mobile broadcasting machines Chapter 2 Pre Installation 2 5 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL The following table lists recommendations for preventing EMI Table 2 4 EMI Prevention Abatement EMI Rule Details Poor grounding is the most likely reason an ultrasound unit will have noisy images Ground the unit Check the grounding of the power cord and power outlet Keep the unit at least 5m 16 4 ft away from other EMI sources Special shielding may Be aware of RF sources be required to eliminate interference problems caused by high frequency high powered radio or video broadcast signals After you finish repairing or updating the system replace all covers and tighten all screws Any cable with an external connection requires a magnet wrap at each end Install the shield over the front of the card cage Loose or missing covers or RF gaskets allow radio frequencies to interfere with the ultrasound signals Replace and or reassemble all screws RF gaskets covers and cores If more than 20 or a pair of the fingers on an RF gasket are broken replace the gasket Do not turn ON the unit until
17. e Computer Testing Enables you to test the functionality of various modes as described in the Computer Diagnostic Test section on page 7 79 Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 69 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 4 2 Audio Doppler Sound Driver Diagnostic Test The audio test enables you to test the Doppler sound at different PRFs and frequencies 1 2 Note Access the HW Diagnostics menu as described in the Accessing the Back End Diagnostic Options section on page 7 68 Trackball to the Audio button and press Select The DopSound Driver Tester dialog box is displayed as shown below Figure 7 46 DopSound Driver Tester Dialog Box The audio tests are performed for each of the speakers at various PRFs and frequencies Left and right are as seen when standing behind the unit In the User controls area trackball to the Right radio button and press Select to test the right speaker Ensure that the left speaker is deselected In the Actions area trackball to the Play button and press Select Verify that a clear tone is emitted In the User controls area change the PRF Trackball to the Play button in the Actions area and press Select to test the speaker activity at the new frequency Verify that a clear tone is emitted Repeat steps 5 an
18. 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 5 7 Vivid 3 Power Distribution 5 7 1 Electrical Power The Vivid 3 system can be set up to operate from the following 50 60 Hz AC voltages 100V 120V 220V 230V and 240V The local input voltage is converted to an internal voltage of 230V via the Trafo This voltage is distributed to different system components and converted into DC voltages in the BEP and the Front End to support their operation Table 5 9 below shows which voltages are used in the various system components both in the BEP and the Front End Table 5 9 Vivid 3 DC Voltage Distribution E ipii t Board unit 33V 5V 5V 412V 5V ap 15V Pmx85n 380V 5v 12V p 230V 23 3 3V as ee Dig Dig Ana TEE Vee 15V Pmx85p 140V BE BE Vp ACInt voi BE F Mother Board F Probes F F F Board F MUX Card F BF F FEC F RFT F IMP F RFI B KB Controller nG B KB Matrix B VIC F DC LVPS F TXPS Peripherals Display m F Fans Analog E B Keyboard B BE 5 42 Section 5 6 External Peripherals Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 7 2 AC Sy
19. A rtisan tisan Technology Group is your source for quality Tecmoboycrow new and certified used pre owned equipment FAST SHIPPING AND SERVICE CENTER REPAIRS WE BUY USED EQUIPMENT DELIVERY Experienced engineers and technicians on staff Sell your excess underutilized and idle used equipment TENS OF THOUSANDS OF at our full service in house repair center We also offer credit for buy backs and trade ins IN STOCK ITEMS www artisantg com WeBuyEquipment EQUIPMENT DEMOS HUNDREDS OF Instra REMOTE INSPECTION LOOKING FOR MORE INFORMATION MANUFACTURERS Remotely inspect equipment before purchasing with Visit us on the web at www artisantg com 7 for more our interactive website at www instraview com information on price quotations drivers technical LEASING MONTHLY specifications manuals and documentation RENTALS ITAR CERTIFIED naia ala aed Contact us 388 88 SOURCE sales artisantg com www artisantg com Technical Publication Part Number 2300164 100 Revision 7 GE Medical Systems Vivid 3 Pro Vivid 3 Service Manual Copyright 2006 by GE Medical Systems Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL IMPORTANT PRECAUTIONS THIS SERVICE MANUAL IS AVAILABLE IN ENGLISH ONLY IF ACUSTOMER S SERVICE PROVIDER REQUIRES A LANGUAGE OTHE
20. Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 3 8 2 Note Transmit Test If a solid dark line is observed during scanning it may indicate a bad transmitting channel The transmit test checks the FE pulsers via the probe elements enabling you to check the transmitting channels The transmit test is not sensitive to the receiving channels To avoid irrelevant failure results it is imperative that the probe used to perform the transmit test is in good condition 1 Connect either a 7S or 3S probe and lock it in place 2 Access the F B tab of the FE Diagnostics dialog box as described in the Accessing the Front Board Assembly Options section on page 7 25 3 Inthe Select Socket area of the F B tab trackball to the socket to which the 7S or 3S probe is connected e Trackball to Left Right or Center and press Select 4 Trackball to Pulser 1 High Voltage Power Supply HVPS 80V or Pulser 2 Low Voltage Power Supply LVPS 40V and press Select 5 Trackball to the Transmit Test button and press Select The transmit test is performed and the test results are displayed in the Report dialog box as shown below Figure 7 16 Report Dialog Box Transmit Test 7 28 Section 7 3 Performing Front End FE Diagnostics Artisan Technology Group Quality Instru
21. Vivid 3 BTO3 PRO console 220 240V AC H45011FD Vivid 3 BT03 PRO console 100V AC H45011FE Vivid 3 BTO3 PRO console 110 120V AC H45011FF Vivid 3 BT03 PRO console 220V 230V AC NTSC H45011FG Vivid 3 BTO3 PRO console NTRL H45521FH New generation of the Vivid 3 Ultrasound Scanning System continuation of the product line of Vivid 3 BTO1 amp BTO2 For global universal use The Pro is backward compatible to its predecessor the BTO1 amp BTO2 Contact your local distributor for more information about upgrades and backward compatibility BTOO hardware cannot be upgraded to this level Vivid 3 systems with Serial No 5000 and above have the RFI system hardware configuration All systems with a serial number prior to this i e 4999 and below are configured with RFT hardware Section 1 1 Overview Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 1 1 5 1 1 6 Note System History Hardware and Software Versions The newest generation of the Vivid 3 BT03 ultrasound unit is based on its predecessor the Vivid 3 BTO1 and BT02 ultrasound unit and is therefore backward compatible The Vivid 3 ultrasound unit enables advanced features in a compact and user friendly tool Vivid 3 BT00 cannot be upgrade
22. Watchdog MOD Fan Use Front End ILinq ft Opt eter Grn Defeat For authorized GE personnel only Secand Rev Power Supply Frequency 50 Hz Image Pur No board v Nominal Voltagc 220 240 Y nnt Raard U7 3 TR UAL UPS PuwerCard450 x Keuboarda Revision 4 amp Vi V1 Pi VIC bux Board z k Numbcr ot Fan 5 v MUD Fan v Monitoring WatchDag iling Setting Sau te VENT Figure 3 28 Technical Support Tab should always be enabled this provides constant monitoring of critical parameters to ensure safe operation of the system normally should not be enabled When enabled if there is a system lock up caused by the Back End this will turn OFF power at the Front End should be enabled only on BEPs based on Pentium IV this provides faster operation of the MOD Enabling this option in the wrong type of BEP may cause damage to the MOD or MO media normally should be enabled should be enabled only on systems that use the iLinq option Artisan Technology Group Chapter 3 Installation 3 47 Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Table 3 17 Recommended Vivid 3 Hardware Configurations RFI Models Item BT03 Vivid 3 ECG Second Re Image Port No board Front Board V7 3 TR V4 or V7 2 TR V4 Ex Keyboard Revision 4 MUX Board V2 Sound Board
23. ew La Pw J d F LQ Q Figure 5 7 Received Signal Path Block Diagram Systems with RFI Configuration 5 14 Section 5 1 Overview Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO ViVID 3 SERVICE MANUAL PROBE lt q v aa a AA Aa RFT Doaa i mage Pon var oM i Baseband shift p Rh low pass filtering CFM and decimation Sliders r PW cw Figure 5 8 Received Signal Path Block Diagram Systems with RFT Configuration Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory 5 15 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO VIvID 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 4 2 Front Board Assembly FB 5 4 2 1 General Description The FB Board has 64 identical receive channels The signal in each channel is fed via a Transmit Receive T R switch to a preamplifier The next step is a Time Controlled Gain TGC amplifier used to equalize the signal strength from the near field the mid field and the far field Front End Board our m um com ommum cem om comm um um eum em um Um um em OD c TPG Transmit Pulse Generator Doppler TX RX Probe _ Control Conn LOGIC and TIMING Switched FE BUS Figure 5 9 Front Board Assembly
24. paced ha BY A i Heart Sound Mic CDRW 2346017 hi rcd i 2258805 B Rear panel left a a G z E lt Printer Trig 2256685 2253080 E NE wo N 2346034 aan com NY l VIC 2252991 ong N VICAssy 2340279 3 EN 2253079 HD 2346034 VIE AREE MIC 1 2252964 e i i Audio out 2266745 VCR l Comp BIW amp 1 PCVIC FB200274 1 VC Out 2253011 EN 2 o 1 2327027 Audio in 6 i i S VIDEO out 2266744 PC2IO F8200199 1 USB2 t sh ee aS PITTU Int Ch O H LIT 2298089 coma Composite Video Outl H bx d Composite Video Out2 4 2252981 2252976 T SVIDEOIN 2266743 i 2253009 i i Flat Cabk Aus options ping Sead Rear panel right i m PAR PORT 2292972 isolation g 2283 NETWORK ee a Hi NETWORK 1 2253015 Nm i PCI Bridge PC2IP 2276874 RS232 2 1 FB200973 2297905 USB i I SNS Multi VO card MODEM oo 2269420 5 2320338 o U m 2269430 E H 1 Joc 4 1 2300847 BATTERY PS To monitor To color i 2253 E PORA bracket printer 2269432 2269431 2252967 4 2300847 FRONT END 2253030 2 AC System 2399304 69 Tabo E B FANS contactors 3 3 KAKA KA K2 O 2256479 A KD KD KI KI KZ a 2295971X 5 Mother Board H J 1 VME bus 1 AC DIST BOX i i BF64 i Mux is Fec2 Fec Rf Image PHASED 64 Baa 1 FA200764 FA200992 Port a 1 i LINEAR 2253038 3 FA200900 3 1 FK200183 5 i ARRY 1 i PROBES 1 i 2252966 i i 1 i i n i z PENCIL i 1 E c PROBE i 5 AC i INPUT BOX Le Pipe link 23294
25. 5 4 5 2 5 4 5 3 Radio Frequency Interface RFI Board General Description The Radio Frequency Interface RFI board has been introduced in the manufacture of Vivid 4 Systems as a result of certain hardware components having become obsolete The functionality of the following boards is implemented on the RFI board Front End Controller FEC board e RF amp Tissue RFT board mage Port IMP board On Vivid 4 systems with the RFT configuration the FEC RFT and IMP board functionality is still implemented on the BEP via separate boards These are described in this chapter in the following sections Front End Controller Board FEC RFT on page 5 23 RF and Tissue Processor Board RFT on page 5 24 Image Port Board IMP on page 5 25 Tasks Performed by the RFI board e System Master Clock generator Transmitter Control e ATGC Control Receive Focusing Control Analog Test Signal Generator High Voltage Control and supervision e Probe Sensing e Control of MUX board Front Board and Beam Former e Temperature Sensing for TEE probes e Step Motor Control for TEE probes Signal Flow The digitized signals from the Beam Formers are connected to the RFI module The Digital Signal Processor on the RFI board together with software on the BEP performs the adequate signal conditioning for the different data types Tissue Doppler and Color Flow In addition Doppler Audio Processing is performed by the RFI
26. 7 3 8 7 Port Test The Port test enables you to check the general logic control and ports logic Note You must reboot the system after performing the Port test 1 Disconnect all probes 2 Access the F B tab of the FE Diagnostics dialog box as described in the Accessing the Front Board Assembly Options section on page 7 25 3 Trackball to the Port Test button and press Select The port test is performed and the results are displayed in the Comments area 4 Check the test results and proceed as follows e If no errors were identified proceed with the next test If no errors were identified but the problem persists contact your local GE Medical Systems field engineer for assistance e If errors were identified but the results were marginal perform calibration as described in the Calibration section on page 6 14 and then repeat the test e If errors were identified and the results were not marginal verify that all image port and PCI bridge cables are connected and functioning properly as described in Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory If the problem persists contact your local GE Medical Systems field engineer for assistance 5 Reboot the system 7 44 Section 7 3 Performing Front End FE Diagnostics Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL
27. 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO ViVID 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 1 5 EMC EMI and ESD 1 5 1 1 5 2 gt hs Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Electromagnetic compatibility describes a level of performance of a device within its electromagnetic environment This environment consists of the device itself and its surroundings including other equipment power sources and persons with which the device must interface Inadequate compatibility results when a susceptible device fails to perform as intended due to interference from its environment or when the device produces unacceptable levels of emission This interference is often referred to as radio frequency or electromagnetic interference RFI EMI and can be radiated through space or conducted over interconnecting power or signal cables In addition to electromagnetic energy EMC also includes possible effects from electrical fields magnetic fields electrostatic discharge and disturbances in the electrical power supply Electrostatic Discharge ESD Prevention CAUTION DO NOT TOUCH ANY BOARDS WITH INTEGRATED CIRCUITS PRIOR TO TAKING THE NECESSARY ESD PRECAUTIONS 1 ALWAYS CONNECT YOURSELF VIA AN ARM WRIST STRAP TO THE ADVISED ESD CONNECTION POINT LOCATED ON THE REAR OF THE SCANNER TO THE RIGHT OF THE POWER CONNECTOR 2 FOLLOW GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR HANDLING OF ELECTROSTATIC SENSITIVE EQUIPMENT
28. EcliuDatabase v3 0 ODBC Remote Archivc CDR R EchoDatabaac v3 0 ODBC ve Remute Stur aye Database Name EchoPac7 000000 DB Fil Allow Multifrann nter Remote Image Path Placement of Report Files Enter Remote Report Path Figure 3 48 Services Tab Image Vault Server Expanded Chapter 3 Installation 3 65 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 7 6 1 Validating Communication with the EchoPAC Server 1 Trackball to the Views tab and press Select The Views tab is displayed 2 Trackball to the Dataflow button and press Select The full list of data flows is displayed as shown below Group Default Figure 3 49 Views Tab 3 Expand the Remote Archive Remote Storage branch A service called Remote Servers is displayed 4 Expand the Remote Servers branch A service called Remote Archive Remote Storage is displayed 5 Trackball to Remote Servers and press Select then trackball to the Check button and press Select e Ifthe connection is established a green checkmark is displayed Ifthe connection cannot be established a red cross is displayed 6 Ifthe connection was successfully established trackball to the Remote Archive Remote Storage line and press Select then trackball to the Check button and press Select e Ifthe connection is
29. FE Diagnostics Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL The Report dialog box contains the following information Test Result Message Displays the test result TR4 Modules Displays a graphic representation of the front board four groups of TR4 sockets Each group consists of four TR4 sockets each socket containing four vectors channels as follows e Each vector is represented by a button highlighted in green that displays the number of the socket to which the TR4 is connected e Each button is highlighted yellow when selected e Each button is highlighted red if errors were detected for one or more channels Checkboxes Enable you to manipulate bad channels Show Only Bad Channels Select this checkbox to display only bad channels in the Display area Mark bad channel Select this checkbox to manually mark the currently selected channel as bad 4 Check the test result message and proceed as follows If one or more channels were identified as bad trackball to the Save Report button and press Select then contact a GE Medical Systems Service Representative If no channels were identified as bad mark the channels suspected as being bad as follows Trackball to each of the channels in the Display area and press Select Trackball to the Mark bad channel
30. Pre Installation 2 9 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 2 3 4 4 DICOM Option Pre Installation Requirements To configure the Vivid 3 ultrasound unit to work with other network connections the network administrator must provide the required information which should include the following Vivid 3 Details DICOM network details for the Vivid 3 unit including the host name local port IP address AE title and net mask Routing Information IP addresses for the default gateway and other routers in use at the site e DICOM Application Information Details of the DICOM devices in use at the site including the DICOM host name AE title and IP addresses 2 10 Section 2 3 Facility Needs Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 2 4 Connectivity Installation Worksheet Site System Information Comments Site Dept Vivid 3 SN CONTACT INFORMATION Name E Mail Address TCP IP Settings Remote Archive Setup E
31. Set the Phantom settings as follows 2 e Preset 3 Mode Steady Chapter 4 Functional Checks 4 13 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 4 4 1 7 CFM Operation Tests Table 4 24 CFM Operation Tests 3S Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Step Task Expected Result s Select a Cardiac preset and set the 2D Gain to 40 Activate CFM and set the following CFM parameters Gain Max possible without color noise Frame Rate 2 LVR MIN setting ULS Image Vessel CFM Artifacts Test Position 2 Position 1 Back Back KB cm v lt 0 cm 35cm x Front Front A Top View m Place the 3S probe on the RMI1425A Phantom top view A Ensure there are no flash strikes or other color artifacts CFM Alignment Test Rotate the probe 90 degrees top view B to see a circular cross section of the vessel Ensure that the color exactly overlaps the vessel 4 14 Section 4 4 Image Testing 2D M CFM Doppler Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 4 4 1 8 Color M Operation Tests Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Table 4 25 Color M Operation Tests 3S Step Task Expected Result s ULS Ima
32. in ambient light They can be adjusted using the Contrast and Brightness buttons on the front part of the display monitor All display monitor controls other than the contrast and brightness controls are factory adjusted for optimum settings and usually do not require further adjustment For details on adjusting the display monitor settings refer to the Monitor Operation section on page 6 9 Hospital Info Tab 1 Press Config on the alphanumeric keyboard The System Configuration window is displayed with the Hospital Info tab selected as shown below roup Default Operator Figure 3 21 Hospital Info Tab 2 Inthe Hospital Info tab enter the required information in the appropriate fields 3 Trackball to the OK button and press Select Chapter 3 Installation 3 35 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 6 3 System Tab 1 Press Config on the alphanumeric keyboard The System Configuration window is displayed 2 Trackball to the System tab and press Select The software information is displayed in the upper portion of the tab as shown below figuration for Default Uper ator Lroup Default Figure 3 22 System Tab Note To avoid corruption of the archives do not change the date 3 Inthe STANDBY timeout field of the Time Out sec area enter the amount of time in seconds after which the system switches to standby mode when it is not being used 4 I
33. tothe The message Media Label set to TEST LABEL2 is message displayed P he GelVolinfo b d d OK h The message Media in drive H has following 10 Aaah e etVolinfo button and respond lt OK gt tothe properties Media Label TEST LABEL2 a Media File System Name CDUDF is displayed 11 Press the FlushVol button and respond lt OK gt to the The message The cached data is flushed to the message volume in drive H is displayed 12 Press the Exit button and close the Diagnostic Application 13 Press the Archive button on the keyboard The Patient List window is displayed 14 Press the Utilities button on the soft menu The General Status window is displayed The Utility window is displayed showing the message 45 Press the Removable Media Utility button and select Free space on Media 665MB MEDIA CDRW MEDIA LABEL TEST LABEL2 Media status MOUNTED 16 Press the Eject button and respond No to the Do you MEDIA STATUS Ejected want to Close Media for external use message 17 Press the OK button to exit the utility Chapter 4 Functional Checks 4 9 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 4 5 Plug and Scan Test Table 4 17 Plug and Scan Test Task Expected Result s Press the On Off button on the control console for no more than 3 seconds
34. 2 3 Electrical Requirements Voltage Tolerances Op Current Frequency 100V AC 50 60 Hz 120V AC 50 60 Hz 220 240V AC 50 60 Hz 2 2 5 2 Inrush Current Inrush current is not a factor for consideration due to the inrush current limiting properties of the power supplies Maximum power requirement 1 2 KVa e 100V AC 8A e 120V AC 8A e 220 240V AC 4A 2 2 5 3 Site Circuit Breaker AN CAUTION It is recommended that the branch circuit breaker for the machine be readily accessible POWER OUTAGE MAY OCCUR The Vivid 3 requires a dedicated single branch circuit To avoid circuit overload and possible loss of critical care equipment make sure you DO NOT have any other equipment operating on the same circuit Chapter 2 Pre Installation 2 3 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 2 2 5 4 Site Power Outlets A dedicated AC power outlet must be within reach of the unit without requiring the use of extension cords Other outlets adequate for the external peripherals medical and test equipment required to support this unit must also be present and located within 1 m 3 2 ft of the unit Electrical installation must meet all current local state and national electrical codes 2 2 5 5 Mains Power Plug If the unit arrives without a power plug or with the wrong plug contact y
35. 3 3 Mechanical Safety DANGER WHEN THE UNIT IS RAISED FOR A REPAIR OR MOVED ALONG ANY INCLINE USE EXTREME CAUTION SINCE IT MAY BECOME UNSTABLE AND TIP OVER DANGER ULTRASOUND PROBES ARE HIGHLY SENSITIVE MEDICAL INSTRUMENTS THAT CAN EASILY BE DAMAGED BY IMPROPER HANDLING USE CARE WHEN HANDLING AND PROTECT FROM DAMAGE WHEN NOT IN USE DO NOT USEA DAMAGED OR DEFECTIVE PROBE FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE PRECAUTIONS CAN RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY AND EQUIPMENT DAMAGE DANGER NEVER USE A PROBE THAT HAS BEEN SUBJECTED TO MECHANICAL SHOCK OR IMPACT EVEN IF THE PROBE APPEARS TO BE UNBROKEN IT MAY IN FACT BE DAMAGED CAUTION Always lower and center the Operator I O Panel before moving the scanner CAUTION The Vivid 3 weighs 160 kg 353 Ibs or more depending on installed peripherals when ready for use Care must be used when moving it or replacing its parts Failure to follow the precautions listed could result in injury uncontrolled motion and costly damage ALWAYS Be sure the pathway is clear Use slow careful motions Use two people when moving the system on inclines or lifting more than 16 kg 35 Ibs WARNING Always lock the control console in its parking locked position after moving the system Failure to do so could result in personal injury or equipment damage 1 8 Section 1 3 Safety Considerations Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL
36. 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 9 Release the front stopper item C in Figure 3 10 below by sliding the metal sleeve located at the locking pin s base upwards and then turning it towards you FRONT on REAR ANTESTATIC STOPPER V C pang B HOUK SHEFT T RAMP y PLATFORM o d Q Figure 3 10 Front Stopper Location 10 Remove the three silica gel moisture absorbing bags item 7 in Figure 3 10 above located underneath the ultrasound unit 11 Raise the control console monitor by pressing the release grip located under the unit s front handle and remove the two cartons item 8 in Figure 3 8 on page 3 11 from underneath the control console These cartons contain the external cables and accessories 12 Lower the control console to its lowest position 13 Remove the manuals item 4 in Figure 3 8 on page 3 11 from the compartment on the left side of the ultrasound unit 14 Press the brake pedal located near the bottom of the front of the unit to the right to prevent the wheels from swiveling as described in the Swivel Brake Label section page 1 24 15 Carefully pull the unit backwards from the platform base onto the ramp and roll it down to the floor 16 Press the brake pedal located near the bottom of the front of the unit to the left to lock the wheels as described in the Parking Label section page 1 24 17 Verify the contents of the shipping carton as described in Verifying the Shipping Crat
37. 4 32 Section 4 5 System Turnover Checklist GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Section 4 6 Site Log Table 4 1 Vivid 3 Site Log Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Date Service Person Problem Comments Chapter 4 Functional Checks Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 33 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Table 4 1 Vivid 3 Site Log Continued Date Service Person Problem Comments 4 34 Section 4 6 Site Log Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory Section 5 Overview 5 1 1 1 Purpose of Chapter 5 Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL This chapter contains block diagrams and functional explanations of the Vivid 3 electronic circuits Table 5 1 Contents in Chapter 5 Section Description Page Number 5 1 Overview 5 1 5 2 General Information 5 2 5 3 Block Diagrams 5 3 5 4 Front End 5 7 5 5 Back End Processor 5 26 5 6 Externa
38. 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Calibration Pade a odo mone em roi tee mud ap Aoc posce BNG bb RR RE RUE 7 109 Configuration Page o2 lt cneGeu bese wens SERERE OUR OOR n wane Se 7 110 Utilities Page T 7 111 Replacement Page cincicclee3scidsenteamaaed Rok ors date be e eat 7 125 a Mio dec nm 7 125 A tomatic Error Log PP 7 126 Adding Comments to the Daily Logger Report 7 126 Saving the Logger Report usua ERE GAME dc x x mde ER RR EE 7 127 sending the Logger Report 2s asana DAD KAG Ree Rcs mcm hme 7 127 xvi Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL CHAPTER 8 Replacement Procedures gp oer esse aera Roe AG as oats ie Ba Be wg hk a RE a a a WAG RA 8 1 Purpose of Chapler amp B 2594 93 90 a e Rc QI DR cn 90802303 e RR RC DR 8 1 Cover Replacement Procedures 0 0 ccc cece eee eee eee 8 2 Overview of COVERS 1 425293 3 etm ob NIRE KABAN ahah o tuo oh 8 2 Side Covers Replacement Procedures 200ee eee eeee 8 4 Front Cover and Air Filter Replacement Procedures 8 5 Rear Cover Replacement Procedures llle 8 7 Connector Panels Cover Replacement Procedures 8 8 Top Cover Lower Section Replacement Procedures 8 9 Gas Spring Cover Replacement Proced
39. 700 1060 hPa Storage 20 60 C 4 140 F 10 9596 700 1060 hPa Transport 20 609C 4 140 F 10 9596 700 1060 hPa CAUTION If the system has been in storage or has been transported please see the acclimation requirements before powering ON and or using the system Refer to the Installation Warnings section on page 3 2 Cooling Requirements The cooling requirement for the Vivid 3 ultrasound unit environment is 3500 BTU hr This figure does not include the cooling required for lights people or other equipment in the room Each person in the room places an additional 300 BTU hr demand on the environmental cooling Lighting Requirements For system installation updates and repairs bright lighting is required However operator and patient comfort may be optimized if the room lighting is subdued and indirect when a scan is being performed Therefore a combination lighting system dim bright is recommended Keep in mind that lighting controls and dimmers can be a source of EMI which could degrade image quality These controls should be selected to minimize possible interference Time and Manpower Requirements Site preparation takes time Begin pre installation checks as soon as possible to allow sufficient time to make any required changes If possible begin these checks as many as six weeks before system delivery CAUTION At least two people must be available to deliver and u
40. 9 Select the Remote Archive Remote Storage line from the Services table The Services tab is Figure 3 47 Services Tab EchoPAC Expanded 3 64 Section 3 7 Connectivity Setup GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 10 If EchoPAC Network is required make sure that the EchoPAC Network checkbox is selected as shown in Figure 3 47 above then proceed as follows a Enter ECHOPAC7 OOOXXX DB in the Database Name field b Under Store Info select the appropriate checkbox Hard Drive Removable Media or Both as required c Enter ECHOPAC7 000XXxX Archive in the Placement of Image Files field d Enter ECHOPAC7 000XXxX Archive in the Placement of Report Files field OR If Image Vault Server is required make sure that the Image Vault Server checkbox is selected as shown in Figure 3 48 below then proceed as follows a Enter ECHOPAC7 OOOXXX DB in the Database Name field b Under Store Info make sure that the Hard Drive checkbox is selected c Enter ECHOPAC7 000XXxX Archive in the Placement of Image Files field d Select the Allow Multiframe and or Allow Raw Data checkboxes as required It is recommended to leave both checkboxes activated as shown in Figure 3 48 below e Under the mage Settings field select the required settings Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL FCHOPACT7 nnnnnn ve Remot kchoUatabaee v30 OLE Remme Archive int Hn EALLI TUTE EERIE ONC Remulle Aichive MODS2
41. Anio VaR ates act ean ee o a de bor Rc 90 ee C 3 00 4 ee Oe 3 35 System TaD s er egs as seis ii soi maiie me E a AEEA E E i i San ma a E ASA 3 36 Connectivity Tab P ECEPC 3 37 Archive AD a ka ei wend C ai ai por a t a he Pa eaog acg aia aor aui ia aiia B a aS 3 37 Annotation Settings Tab paaa a sA odonseededssleccegicciaiaghivas 3 39 System Options Tab ss aca dte ka ove shah tee LE qe dU eorr am e 3 41 Printers Tab du cuui nts dom re eee eae AU RS SE ha AUR om ee 3 43 ix Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL VCRIECG Tab Mv 3 45 Technical Support Tabi sco s0n2 2 eens NG 909 ee eee ee wee en ewe NG SOR KA 3 47 Technical Support History Tab 0 ccc eee 3 49 Connectivity SEP x usse acusa i e RUE edn att xin bee be ee os Kee ete eee ee 3 50 pisc Tr 3 50 Physical CONNECCION 3 5 mama ma Kaka aos sce UU RUE on Dr OR cu ee essen NG NAGA 3 50 Setting Up for Connectivity uaaa aaa 3 52 Setting Up the Network Connection 2 0 0 2 eee eee eee 3 55 Setting Up for Communication with a Prosolv Workstation 3 57 Connecting Directly to EchoPAC 2 222 aaa 3 63 Storing and Transporting the Unit a a Kama kg od posce ico tono adeb dori dos or bees 3 68 Disconnecting the Unit when Storing 00 ee 3 6
42. Artifacts Test C358 Step Task Expected Result s Use the Electronic Flow Phantom RMI1425A 4 Select the Abdomen preset from the Abdomen preset options and set the 2D Gain to 45 Position 2 Position 1 Select CFM and set the following CFM Back Back parameters eB cm y m gt 2 Gain Maximum possible without color 3 Sem noise Frame Rate 2 Front Front e LVR Minimum setting A Top View P 3 Place the C358 probe on the Phantom Ensure that there are no flash strikes or other color artifacts top view A Chapter 4 Functional Checks 4 19 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 4 3 3 PW Operation Tests Table 4 32 PW Operation Tests C358 Step Task Expected Result s Select the Abdomen preset from the 1 Abdomen preset options and set the 2D Gain to 45 i ULS Image Activate PW Mode and set the following PW parameters 2 Gain 70 PW Gate SV 3mm V essel PW Artifacts Test Position 2 Position 1 mo Back Back Es v kB cm Y m 4 Place the C358 probe on the RMI1425A Tm Phantom top view A Front Front A Top View 4 Place the sample volume in the center of the Ensure that the flow looks clear the noise area is dark and that vessel th
43. Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo ViviD 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 5 4 5 5 5 NOTE 5 5 6 5 5 7 5 5 8 5 5 9 Multifunction I O Controller The Multifunction I O Controller provides two additional serial COMs COM3 and COMA that are used to support the modem functions Frame Grabber RFI systems only The Frame Grabber see Figure 5 25 below grabs the YC video signal from the VCR Output and converts it to PCI data allowing the system to present playback images from the VCR recording This operation was previously handled as a function of the Image Port on Vivid 4 systems with the RFT configuration SVIS amni P Compost VN video Inputs Video encoder Figure 5 25 Frame Grabber Vivid 4 BT03 Systems with RFI Configuration PC2IP The PCI2IP enables the transfer and reception of data and control signals between the Front End Crate and the Back End Processor via the Image Port Board The PC2IP adapts data from the IP to the PCI Bus of the CPU The PCI2IP is sometimes referred to as the PCI Bridge Plug and Scan Card and Battery The Plug Scan enables the Standby Mode during Plug and Scan operations and performs a legal shutdown of the operating system when the power lines go below preset values The P amp S does not support the operation of the unit during a pow
44. Block Diagram 5 16 Section 5 1 Overview Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 5 4 2 2 TR4 Board Description The TR4 Board has four transmit and receive signal channels Each channel has two pulsars for Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL different transmitted Tx voltages and a low signal receiver amplifier Both are connected to the same input output line The receiver is buffered from the transmitted voltage up to 80V by an electronic Switch to avoid high voltage on the receiver input Probe CTRL Tx 0 40V gt BF Channel 0 80V Tx Voltage TR4 Transmit Receive X4 Board Figure 5 10 TR4 Board Block Diagram Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 5 17 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo ViviD 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 4 3 MUX Board 5 4 3 1 General Description The MUX Board has 64 identical receive channels and performs the following functions e Receiving the channels and connecting them to the BF Boards e Expanding the low high channels in CW mode e TEE motion control e Monitoring temperature and voltage measurements via t
45. Configuration 5 44 Section 5 6 External Peripherals Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 7 3 Note AC Distribution Box The AC Distribution Box contains an electronic board that selects the proper Input and Output system AC voltages the load connectors and the low voltage 12 V power supply In addition the AC Distribution Box controls the soft AC Start Circuit the temperature sensor and the Fan Control Circuit The cable to the fans also carries a playback video signal from the VCR to the Image Port AC Power 3 pin ey E to PC Connector 230V ah n From Trafo Power to ox 3 pin URDU FF Crate Connector 230 V Tu Trafu Ones lt Spin Inputs Panel D type F To To Front End 2 Peripherals Crate Temp _ mnes Sense Fan Control Primary Voltage Selector To K B s 9 pin Controller D type M Secondary voltage Selector AC Power lt 3 pin 3 pin AC Power Connoctor gt tn Printer System configuration Connector Local Voltage RFI 110V RFT 230V 5 7 3 1 5 7 3 2 Figure 5 31 AC Distribution Box Connectors Block Diagram AC Input Box The AC Voltage Input cord is connected to the AC Input Box It contains the Dual Rating Circuit Breaker 6A 200 240V or 12A 100 120V Thermal Fuses The system has three internal A
46. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT IN SUCH AN ENVIRONMENT CONSTITUTES A DEFINITE SAFETY HAZARD DO NOT SUBSTITUTE PARTS OR MODIFY EQUIPMENT BECAUSE OF THE DANGER OF INTRODUCING ADDITIONAL HAZARDS DO NOT INSTALL SUBSTITUTE PARTS OR PERFORM ANY UNAUTHORIZED MODIFICATION OF THE EQUIPMENT 1 10 Section 1 3 Safety Considerations Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO ViVID 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 1 4 Product Labels and Icons The Vivid 3 ultrasound unit comes equipped with product labels and icons These labels and icons represent pertinent information regarding the operation of the ultrasound unit 1 4 1 Product Label Locations The following two diagrams indicate the location of some of the labels and icons found on the Vivid 3 ultrasound units All the labels and icons are described in Table 1 7 on page 1 13 Figure 1 1 Product Label and Icon Locations Front Product Logo Equipment Type CF Parking Label on Brake Pedal Class Il Equipment a Fk O N Swivel Brake Label on Brake Pedal Chapter 1 Introduction 1 11 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO ViVID 3 SERVICE MANUAL Figure 1 2 Product Label and Icon Locations Rear
47. Handli g ectara dudo isma ege a ea i Oe RUNS dia dabas arcte Ro ass 10 14 Basic Probe Care uka KA dea x doa eee C CRT Gc a a oa ew ee ew eK 10 15 Probe Cleaning and Disinfecting 6662 00000 e eee eee 10 15 Returning and Shipping of Defective Probes 10 16 Elecincal Safety T 8815 4 2 4 5 3 wens ane NAG BAD ANA eke ed bas Gen E KA 10 17 Safety Test Overview 2 00 cece eee eee eee 10 17 GEMS Current Leakage Limits 2 0 maaga ete meer ERE AN 10 18 Outlet Test Wiring Arrangement USA amp Canada 10 19 Grounding Continuity ss uicina t on nel lh Ree eee xa ara NAKALAANG KAY 10 19 Chassis Current Leakage Test lt 2 ececheeLibec xex c m ere DAG Eus 10 21 Isolated Patient Lead Source Leakage Lead to Ground 10 23 Isolated Patient Lead Source Leakage Lead to Lead 10 24 Isolated Patient Lead Sink Leakage Isolation Test 10 24 XXI Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO ViVID 3 SERVICE MANUAL Probe Current Leakage Test 0000 cee cece eee eens 10 26 Excessive Current Leakage cec e RR RERId GG Oe bees tebe bade 10 29 Possible Causes of Excessive Current Leakage 10 29 PM and Safety Inspection Certificates 0 0b
48. LED changes color as follows Yellow The test is in progress Green The test has been completed and no problems were identified e Red Problems were identified during the performance of the test Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 11 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Figure 7 6 RFI Tab Self Test Complete 5 Review the test results in the Comment area and proceed as follows If no problems were identified proceed to re boot the system as prompted Figure 7 6 above If no problems were identified but the problem persists contact your local GE Medical Systems field engineer for assistance If errors were identified but the results were marginal perform calibration as described in the Calibration section on page 6 14 and then repeat the RFI test If errors were identified and the results were not marginal verify that the RFI cables are connected and functioning properly as described in Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory If the problem persists contact your local GE Medical Systems field engineer for assistance 7 12 Section 7 3 Performing Front End FE Diagnostics Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7
49. LEDs LED Indicates When Lit Comments Green 15V LVPS is OK Normally lit Green 15V LVPS is OK Normally lit Green AVee LVPS is OK Normally lit Green AVcc LVPS is OK Normally lit Green 5V Dig LVPS is OK Normally lit Green 10V LVPS is OK Normally lit T1 Probe Connector 1 Normally lit T2 Probe Connector 2 Normally lit T3 N A Normally lit Green 15RV LVPS is OK Normally lit Green 15RV LVPS is OK Normally lit Green AVee LVPS is OK Normally lit Green AVcc LVPS is OK Normally lit Chapter 6 Service Adjustments 6 7 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 6 4 Back End Power Supply Voltages The Back End has LEDs located on the Mother Board that can indicate the status of each of the voltages present in the Back End If measured with a generic digital volt meter on any of the connectors to the media see Figure 6 3 below the voltage on the red wire should be 5V and on the yellow wire 12V 5v Red 0 Black 0 12v Black Yellow Figure 6 3 Back End Power Supply Voltages Section 6 5 VIC Video Signal Setting The Vivid 3 ultrasound scanner and VIC may be configured to operate with either PAL or NTSC video systems as required 6 5 1 Video Format Confirmation 1 Turn ON the system and the check video transmission signal is set correctly 2 Press Config 3 From the Sys
50. Pre Installation opio d Sd Title Page N A 2215 Troubleshooting 7 PAJOS St nee pages 7 1 to 7 130 Important Precautions Chapter 3 Installation Espino Rep acement Sup T Sen IS ROTE Procedures 7 pages i to iv pages 3 1 to 3 pages 8 1 to 8 190 Legal Rev History LOEP 7 Chapter 4 Functional Checks Chapter 9 Replacement Parts 7 pages v to vi pages 4 1 to 4 34 pages 9 1 to 9 38 Table of Contents 7 Chapter 5 Theory Chapter 10 Periodic Maintenance 7 pages vii to xxii pages 5 1 to 5 52 pages 10 1 to 10 32 hapter 1 Inti ti Chapter 6 Service Adjustments Chapter ntroduction 7 apter ervice Adjustme E COTON N A pages 1 1 to 1 28 pages 6 1 to 6 18 vi Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo ViviD 3 SERVICE MANUAL Table of Contents CHAPTER 1 Introduction OVEMIOW eee cds dee meen gd dee een ab owe edhe ea ok ee eee 1 1 Purpose of Chaptef Dl maa veo bea es 98222 KG CECI o ING keie EE 1 1 Purpose of Service Manual 0c cece ee eee ees 1 1 Typical Users of the Basic Service Manual 22 5 1 2 Vivid 3 Models Covered in this Manual 1 3 System History Hardware and Software Versions 1 5 Purpose of Operator Manual s cece eee eee eee 1 5 Important Conventions aus dark RO bx ade beeen sawn RR ad
51. SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL A 1 3 4 1 3 4 1 NOTE WARNING Equipment damage could result if special care is not taken when transporting the system in a vehicle ALWAYS e Secure the system in an upright position and lock the wheels brake e DO NOT use the control console as an anchor point e Place the probes in their carrying case e Eject any disks from the MOD if installed e Ensure that the system is well prepared and packed in its original packaging before transporting Special care must be taken to correctly position the packing material supporting the monitor For further information refer to Chapter 3 Installation CAUTION Keep the heat venting holes on the monitor unobstructed to avoid overheating of the monitor Electrical Safety To minimize shock hazard the equipment chassis must be connected to an electrical Ground The system is equipped with a three conductor AC power cable This must be plugged into an approved electrical outlet with safety grounding The power outlet used for this equipment should not be shared with other types of equipment Both the system power cable and the power connector must meet international electrical standards Probes All the probes for the Vivid 3 ultrasound unit are designed and manufactured to provide trouble free reliable service To ensure this correct handling of probes is important and the following poin
52. Tabs Figure 7 27 MUX Tab FE Diagnostics Dialog Box RFT Configuration 7 48 Section 7 3 Performing Front End FE Diagnostics Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 Trackball to each of the following buttons in turn in the order stated below and press Select to perform the specific test Normal channels Test the output channels from the input channels as described in the Normal Channels Diagnostic Tests below e Expanded low channels Tests output signals in CW Mode only when the input channels are connected to the output channels as described in the Expanded Low Channels Diagnostic Tests section on page 7 54 Expanded high channels Tests the output signals from the input of the high channels as described in the Expanded High Channels Diagnostic Tests section on page 7 55 Port Test Performs a general logic test as described in the Port Test section on page 7 56 Advanced board tests The advanced board tests are described in the Advanced Board Tests section on page 7 58 This includes procedure instructions for performing the following tests TEE Probe Control on page 7 58 AC Power Input Test on page 7 60 LVPS Voltage Test on page 7 62 HVPS Voltage Test on page 7 63 e Temp Test on page 7 64 Show History on pag
53. Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL CHAPTER 10 Periodic Maintenance gui a kaa hea oh br oy eR ne ed weer g s AG dost dc aes me ogre RE KA a RES 10 1 Purpose of Chapter TO uuu dd od ow ek Rede Rc EOD R9 ANAKAN 10 1 uuo Te T OTT 10 1 Why Perform Periodic Maintenance Procedures 0000005 10 2 Keeping Records sa ect ce EReR EUR Rue AR ha KAM RE E 10 2 Quality ASS TANCE e ciesa ea oo oie ed een ER As uw he ERE eee es 10 2 Periodic Maintenance Schedule cece ete eee eee 10 3 How Often Should PM Procedures be Performed 10 3 usos o lt pea se MD KK ALAGA KAKANAN GANDA E a A one AD KA NGGA 10 6 Special Tools Supplies and Equipment 10 6 System Periodic Maintenance cece eee eee eee eee eens 10 7 Preliminary Ceo KS aaa NA ee eee tate eres ee ek ose sees 10 7 Functional CHECKS vssciceradacke ended esadad aaa asda wae RACE das 10 8 Input Power CheckS 22d 66 5505 52202444 dn ch RS dore me cie du 10 9 d QD METER E EET IL T EI LE CIL 10 10 Physical Inspection MP 10 12 Diagnostic Checks Optional 000 002 ee 10 13 Probe Maintenance isa kakak ua RO ae eon SH EBERT TEGERE eno ed ao Rc oe eee 10 14 Probe GHSGKS aa dad Esse bon e ao eu b bd dole ace de LEY d 10 14 Probe
54. Trackballto the font to be defined Primary or Secondary in the Fonts area and press Select The font name is highlighted e Trackball to the Change button and press Select The Font dialog box is displayed e Trackball to the required font color style and size and press Select for each choice e Trackball to OK and press Select The font is defined Inthe Home position for text area set the home position for the text cursor by entering the X and Y coordinates into the X and Y fields as required Note After setting the font type for the annotations the user can change the font type during annotation typing by pressing on the Menu key and selecting the required font from the drop down list Thereafter additional typing will be in the newly modified font 4 Select the required Bodymark position from the available selections Left bottom Left top Right top Right bottom Chapter 3 Installation 3 39 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Whenever the Bodymark is now displayed it will appear in the newly selected position until such time as this setting is changed 5 Activate the Duplicate Bodymark on Switch Window and or the Bodymark Menu on Freeze checkboxes as required Note For more details on using the Bodymark features refer to the Vivid 3 User Manual 6 Trackball to the OK button and press Select 3 40 Section 3 6 System Configuration Arti
55. Video Printer Replacement Procedure 8 167 xviii Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL HP 6540 3 USB Deskjet Color Printer Replacement Procedure for Vivid 3 BTOS SUS GIFIS x x lt 2 dudes ere NAMAN Rex E RR GG NG NENG EE 8 175 xix Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO VIvID 3 SERVICE MANUAL CHAPTER 9 Renewal Parts OVerVIeW cue a aE er a int gid whe AA aga NA an Tag a Aa ND E RU re ERES 9 1 Purpose of Chapter 9 osc tiwis tod ee owed ed eee dod ace ec Rc d 9 1 List of Abbreviations lll eR eae 9 2 Renewal Parts Lists and Diagrams l l 9 3 Mechanical Hardware Parts 0 0 00 cee eee eee eee 9 3 AC OVSIGIDPOIIS aaa mana fdd EG deere ADA PA PAA d qe Pus 9 9 Front E d alis oo ete konte DA LAN DAN AA NAK AUS AN e NA asa a a AG 9 11 Back End ParisS sariya KA teste MAPA SAN AG AH pra NG a MG GAEL a ane he 9 15 Cable5 cc ia ward a ee bn ee Sok be ee ee eed M kaaa 9 21 SOMWA CR see eet ceil MAA TANA ee Se DON AYA AA GIA a Gee he ne 9 33 PIODGS a a oe EIER IE PAM 9 34 Penpperal c PRETETITIQQTTTIC DOTOCTLOITIQQITO T TOLCTTTHTIEPETT 9 35 Cabling Block Diagrams IM 9 36 XX Artisan
56. When you are finished trackball to the EXIT button and press Select Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 71 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 4 3 2 Phono Test 1 Connect the media microphone to the microphone input on the ECG board 2 Access the HW Diagnostics menu as described in the Accessing the Back End Diagnostic Options section on page 7 68 3 Trackball to the ECG Phono button and press Select The TestECGDevice dialog box is displayed as shown in Figure 7 47 on page 7 71 4 Inthe Select trace area trackball to the Phono radio button and press Select 5 Trackball to the Open Device button and press Select 6 Use your finger to click the microphone The Phono signal is displayed in the data area Verify that the waveform on the screen corresponds to the microphone clicks 7 When you are finished trackball to the EXIT button and press Select 7 72 Section 7 4 Performing Back End Diagnostics on the System Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com A rtisan tisan Technology Group is your source for quality Tecmoboycrow new and certified used pre owned equipment FAST SHIPPING AND SERVICE CENTER REPAIRS WE BUY USED EQUIPMENT DELIVERY Experienced engineers an
57. am Buffed FE bus FE bus or 226946 or 24153 2U 3 6 CHINA outlet Figure 5 4 System Cabling Diagram Vivid 3 BT03 RFT Configuration Section 5 1 Overview Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO VIVID 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 5 4 Front End 5 4 1 General Information The Front End includes all the boards in the Front End Card Cage as follows e Front End Board MUX Board BF64 Beamformer Board e RFI Radio Frequency Interface Board OR FEC Front End Controller Board RFT Radio Frequency amp Tissue Board MP2 Image Port 2 The Front End Crate includes five or seven components as described in the following sections Front Board Assembly FB on page 5 16 e MUX Board on page 5 18 Beamformer Board BF on page 5 19 e Radio Frequency Interface RFI Board on page 5 20 OR Front End Controller Board FEC RFT on page 5 23 RF and Tissue Processor Board RFT on page 5 24 Image Port Board IMP on page 5 25 e Back Plane Board Motherboard on page 5 25 Note The VIC Board is located inside the VIC Assembly Unit and is not part of the Front End Crate but rather a part of the Back End Processor The VIC Board is described in detail in the Back End Processor section
58. and 17 Samsung Monitors 6 12 COIDIANON 4652 oo ee Oke re 6 14 Accessing the Calibration Options 4 aga KALESA tr RR 6 14 Monitor Calibration 2 0362 ern RR RR ara dane aden Dos da ee wees 6 16 Beamformer Calibration a a9 n or RR ERR RUE ORO ER EUR UR c B d 6 17 Video Grabbing Calibration 2220245 uere Peewee cee iw eee RR 6 17 Xiv Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL CHAPTER 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting e Ul T 7 1 Purpose of Cha plBi uaa ict acer mcr dde dc icons ob coe cR Rc E d 7 1 Bro c DUCPCcT LCrpPT TTr 7 2 Diagnoslo O0lS P h082beinccnhaghendbieehtsti2qes4eseee8 7 2 Diagnostic Procedure Summary 05 ee cece eee 7 2 Accessing the Diagnostic Menu 200005 eee eee eee eee 7 3 Performing Front End FE Diagnostics 00000 eee eee eee 7 5 Accessing the Front End Diagnostic Options 7 6 Radio Frequency Interface RFI Diagnostic Tests for RFI Configuration 7 11 Image Port IMP Diagnostic Tests for RFT Configuration 7 13 VME Bus VME Diagnostic Tests for RFT Configuration 7 15 RFT Diagnostic Tests for RFT Configuration 7 17 Front End Controller FEC Diagnostic Tests for RFT Configuration 7 19 Beamformer B
59. any loose metallic part is removed and replaced if required Replace broken RF gaskets Never place a label where RF gaskets meet the unit Otherwise the gap created will permit RF leakage In case a label has been found in such a location move the label to a different appropriate location Do not place labels where RF gaskets touch metal The interconnect cables are grounded and require ferrite beads and other shielding Cable length material and routing are all important do not make any changes that do not meet all specifications Use GE specified harnesses and peripherals Take care with cellular phones Cellular phones may transmit a 5 V m signal that causes image artifacts Do not allow cables to lie across the top of the card cage or hang out of the peripheral bays Loop any peripheral cable excess length inside the peripheral bays or hang on the hooks provided below the console Attach the monitor cables to the frame Properly address peripheral cables 2 2 7 Probe Environmental Requirements Table 2 5 Probe Operation and Storage Temperatures Operation 10 40 C 50 104 F 5 42 7 C 41 109 F Storage 20 50 C 4 122 F 20 509C 4 122 F Note System and electronic probes are designed for storage temperatures of 20 to 50 C When exposed to large temperature variations the probes should be kept at room temperature for a minimum of 10 hours before
60. board The Doppler Spectrum Processing is done by the BEP The RFI extracts Tissue Data Spectrum Data and IQ amp Color Data from the digital data stream on its input and it also performs RF filtering and different types of Tissue Processing RF Processing Different types of RF processing is performed depending on later usage of the data RF Demodulation Digital Time Gain Compensation Filtering e Decimation 5 20 Section 5 1 Overview Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 5 5 4 5 6 5 4 5 7 5 4 5 8 5 4 5 9 Data Buffer After RF filtering the data is written into different sliding ring buffers dedicated to the different types of data While data is written into the buffers sample by sample in vectors multiple samples from the same range depth can be read out Both input addressing start and length and output addressing through output events are controlled by the RFI board itself Tissue Processing A number of different tissue processes are performed on the RFI board 1 Firstly the signal amplitude is obtained by detection 2 Then the data is compressed to attenuate the strong signals and amplify the low level echoes 3 After compression Zone Stitching is performed Zone Stitching is used to combine the tr
61. button text light 4 Power up the unit by holding down the On Off button verify that the unit Boots Ep MO longer than 30 seconds 5 Turn OFF the unit by holding down the On Off button for Verify that a window is displayed enabling you to select no longer than five seconds either Full Shutdown or Standby Verify that the unit enters full shutdown mode indicated 6 Select the Full Shutdown aptin by the On Off button text being dimmed 7 Power up the unit by holding down the On Off button verity that ther nit boots upin no longer thanithres minutes Tum OFF the unit by holding down the On Off button for Verify that the unit enters full shutdown mode indicated 8 by the On Off button text being dimmed This procedure longer than five seconds R should be used only during emergencies 9 Power up the unit by holding down the On Off button Verify that the unit boots up in no longer than 3 minutes 4 2 2 Diagnostic Power Supply Test Refer to the LVPS Voltage Test on page 7 62 and the HVPS Voltage Test on page 7 63 for the power test supply procedures under the MUX Diagnostic Tests section Note The mains power supplied to the system and the internal Vivid 3 ultrasound scanner power supplies are monitored automatically by the scanner via the MUX board Any internal power supply voltage failure may indicate that one or more of the following is faulty e MUX board e Incoming AC power supply e One of the internal power supplies I
62. checkbox and press Select e Trackball to Save Report and press Select and contact a GE Medical Systems service representative 5 Trackball to the Low Freq Test button and press Select The normal channels diagnostic test is performed in low frequency mode and the test results are displayed in the Report dialog box as shown in Figure 7 29 on page 7 52 Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 51 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Figure 7 29 Report Dialog Box Normal Channels Test Low Frequency The Report dialog box contains the following information e Test Result Message Displays the test result e TR4 Modules Displays a graphic representation of the front board four groups of TR4 Sockets Each group consists of four TR4 sockets each socket containing four vectors channels as follows e Each vector is represented by a button highlighted in green that displays the number of the socket to which the TR4 is connected Each button is highlighted yellow when selected e Each button is highlighted red if errors were detected for one or more channels e Checkboxes Enable you to manipulate bad channels Show Only Bad Channels Select this checkbox to display only bad channels in the Display area Mark bad channel Select this checkbox to manually
63. dialog box as described in the Accessing the Front Board Assembly Options section on page 7 25 3 Inthe Select Socket area ofthe F B tab trackball to the socket to which the 3S probe is connected e Trackball to Left Right or Center and press Select 4 Trackball to Pulser 1 High Voltage Power Supply HVPS 80V or Pulser 2 Low Voltage Power Supply LVPS 40V and press Select 5 Trackball to the TR Switch Test button and press Select The TR switch test is performed and the test results are displayed in the Report dialog box as shown below Figure 7 21 Report Dialog Box TR Switch Test 7 38 Section 7 3 Performing Front End FE Diagnostics Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL The Report dialog box contains the following information Test Result Message Displays the test result e TR4 Modules Displays a graphic representation of the front board four groups of TRA sockets Each group consists of four TR4 sockets each socket containing four vectors channels as follows e Each vector is represented by a button highlighted in green that displays the number of the socket to which the TR4 is connected e Each button is highlighted yellow when selected e Each button is highlighted red if errors were detected for one or more channels e Chec
64. e Each button is highlighted red if errors were detected for one or more channels Checkboxes Enable you to manipulate bad channels Show Only Bad Channels Select this checkbox to display only bad channels in the Display area Mark bad channel Select this checkbox to manually mark the currently selected channel as bad 5 Check the test result message and proceed as follows If one or more channels were identified as bad trackball to the Save Report button and press Select then contact a GE Medical Systems Service Representative If no channels were identified as bad mark the channels suspected as being bad as follows Trackball to each of the channels in the Display area and press Select Trackball to the Mark bad channel checkbox and press Select e Trackball to Save Report and press Select and contact a GE Medical Systems service representative 6 Trackball to the Low Freq Test button and press Select The receive test is performed in low frequency mode and the test results are displayed in the Report dialog box as shown in Figure 7 20 on page 7 36 Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 35 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Figure 7 20 Report Dialog Box Receive Test Low Frequency The Report dialog box contains the following information
65. four wheels by pressing the brake pedal down to the left 17 Remove the top cover ramp item 3 and put aside 18 Place three Silica gel bags item 5 in the space under the unit 19 Pull the unit s control console monitor up by pressing the release grip located under the center of the unit s front handle 20 Cover the two cartons containing the external cables and accessories with antistatic foam and lay them in the space below the keyboard and the unit s top cover Chapter 3 Installation 3 71 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL NOTICE 3 8 7 Note 21 Lower the control console monitor so that it is pressing down on the two cartons Important Verify that the height from the crate base to the top of the monitor does not exceed 132cm 52in 22 23 24 25 Place the pre packed manuals in the compartment under the monitor Insert the two monitor support foams item 12 under the front of the monitor one on each side From above slip the anti static cover item 4 over the unit YS wae wa we Wrap the excess antistatic sheet item 2 that was previously placed on the platform base around the unit and secure it in place with adhesive tape 26 Assemble the wooden crate as described in the following section Assembling the Wooden Shipping Crat
66. have the system automatically eject the backup media when the unit is shut down 11 Enter the location of ASCII files in the user U path partition of the internal hard disk in the Export To Excel Path field 12 Select Enter From Halves to Quad to enable the user to toggle between viewing a single image two images or four images on the screen simultaneously Quad View 13 Select Preview Cine Before Store to display cineloops before they are stored When the FlexiView option is installed the time period in seconds after which a cineloop is automatically stored in the archive without interrupting the user s monitoring must be set in the FlexiView Time Interval sec field Figure 3 23 on page 3 37 indicates the recommended default factory setup 14 Trackball to the OK button and press Select 3 38 Section 3 6 System Configuration Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 6 6 Annotation Settings Tab 1 Press Config on the alphanumeric keyboard The System Configuration window is displayed 2 Trackball to the Annotation Settings tab and press Select The Annotation Settings tab is displayed as shown below t Operator Group Default Figure 3 24 Annotation Settings Tab 3 Define the primary and secondary fonts to be used for annotations as follows e
67. item 10 in front of the keyboard Place the monitor support back foam item 11 at the monitor s back Put the cases containing the probes item D and Peripheral options in their original packing item E in the appropriate spaces 9 Hold the rear wall section item14 vertically against the rear of the crate and secure it in place using eight clips item 15 3 72 Section 3 8 Storing and Transporting the Unit Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 10 Hold the front wall item 13 vertically against the front of the crate and secure it in place using eight clips item 15 11 Secure the hand lever clip remover tool item 23 to the outside of the wooden crate using a screw 12 Secure the box with two steel strip loops item 16 around the right and left side walls and one strip loop around the front and back walls 13 Place two shock watch labels item 17 and all other labels items 20 to 25 on the outer sides of the wooden box Chapter 3 Installation 3 73 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 8 8 Packing the Unit in the Cardboard Shipping Carton For details of item numbers in t
68. mark the currently selected channel as bad 7 52 Section 7 3 Performing Front End FE Diagnostics Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 6 Check the test result message and proceed as follows e fone or more channels were identified as bad trackball to the Save Report button and press Select then contact a GE Medical Systems Service Representative f no channels were identified as bad mark the channels suspected as being bad as follows Trackball to each of the channels in the Display area and press select Trackball to the Mark bad channel checkbox and press Select Trackball to Save Report and press Select and contact a GE Medical Systems service representative e If no errors were identified proceed with the next test e If no errors were identified but the problem persists contact your local GE Medical Systems field engineer for assistance e If errors were identified but the results were marginal perform calibration as described in the Calibration section on page 6 14 and then repeat the test e If errors were identified and the results were not marginal verify that all image port and PCI bridge cables are connected and functioning properly as described in Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory If the problem persists contact your loca
69. oua cu sa duxere net td ERA NAG ALAK RenR nm RU ee 3 2 Safety REMINAETS uuu dd ur eR Eq ax x RR E a em eR ew ee ee 3 3 Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment ee 3 4 Unpacking the Wooden Shipping Crate aaa 3 4 Unpacking the Cardboard Shipping Carton 2 5 3 9 Unpacking and Removing the Unit from the Cardboard Shipping Carton 3 9 Preparing Tor Installation sx xu mda not UR are REOR bee page eases bake eae BG 3 13 Confirming Customer Order dosis d dot CREER RR ERE GERE Ro 3 13 Verifying the Shipping Crate Contents 2 2220e0 eee 3 13 Component Inspection ec wae es eee Rak ed cda a oe ak ak we 3 14 System Voltage Confirmation ius ssensuekeddbkexexk y RkRRREE DERE 3 19 Video Formats Confirmation sua aote itc dr nn ENG Rei 3e Eee pup E 3 20 Ensuring Protection from EMI 500000 002 c cence eee 3 21 Completing the Hardware Installation 22220006 cee eee eee 3 22 Connecting the Footswitch 22 0 0 02 eee eee eee 3 22 Connecting Peripherals 222422549 Lebe ERR e ern eed dene 3 23 Connecting ProDeS amak e retence SERE KEN BRAND ose oe Ss 3 28 Connecting the ECO ia ene dau ue Rea RU RR EK RE EG EOS a ROS Rn RISUS RR s 3 29 Connecting the Unit to a Power Source 0000005 3 31 Switching the System ON OFF 2x ama BK BKA ER Ram ncm e en 3 33 System Configuratio PPP 3 35 Adjusting the Display Monitor unaa a aeaaee 3 35 Hospital
70. page 5 26 A block diagram of the Front End Crate is shown in the following figures Systems with RFI Configuration see Figure 5 1 on page 5 8 Systems with RFT Configuration see Figure 5 2 on page 5 9 For a detailed description of the Front End Crate components refer to Front End DC Power Distribution on page 5 47 Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory 5 7 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 64Ch MUX Beam lormer Board A D Board Power Supply HVPS LVPS Serial Com 1 PC2IP2 Vingmed manufactured boards Figure 5 1 Front End Crate Block Diagram RFI Configuration 5 8 Section 5 1 Overview Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivio 3 PRO ViVip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 64Ch MUX Beam Former RFT Front Board A D Board pa a m Poari Board Board gt m 5 t lr FE bus PC bus Pipeline link Power Supply Ibs IPIS L V P S EEG Image Port Front End Controller MESE Board Board TC bus P
71. printers may be configured for use with the system for example one color one black amp white by selecting the required options under each of two drop down lists labelled Print A and Print B respectively as shown in the following steps 5 TRACKBALL to the Print A combo box in the lower eft area of the screen choose the required printer and press Select In the example below BW Printer is selected Chapter 3 Installation 3 43 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 6 Trackball to the Print B combo box choose the required printer and press Select In this example Color Printer is selected 7 Trackball to the OK button and press Select Note To test that printer configuration is satisfactory verify that paper has been loaded and that the ink cartridge is installed Select any report and try to print it verify that printing quality and information is satisfactory 3 44 Section 3 6 System Configuration Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo ViviD 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 6 9 VCR ECG Tab 1 Press Config on the alphanumeric keyboard The System Configuration window is displayed 2 Trackball to the VCR ECG tab and press Select The VCR ECG tab is displayed as shown below sult Operator Group Default Figure 3
72. problem or any other maintenance operations performed up Default Operator Figure 3 29 Technical Support History Tab Chapter 3 Installation 3 49 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo ViviD 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 7 Connectivity Setup 3 7 1 Introduction The Vivid 3 ultrasound unit can be connected to various connectivity devices such as DICOM devices and EchoPac servers The following sections describe how to connect the system to a remote archive work station or a DICOM service using a TCP IP connection 3 7 2 Physical Connection 3 7 2 1 Ethernet Switch Connections An Ethernet Switch P N 066E0741 is used to connect the Vivid 3 system to an EchoPAC PC and a network printer Ethernet Cable connectors Two Button Controls the fifth connector making it crossed or non crossed Informative LEDS Figure 3 30 Ethernet Switch Identifications Table 3 19 MDI Button Position Descriptions Function To connect an end station or a Server to the Port To connect a HUB or another Switch to the Port 3 50 Section 3 7 Connectivity Setup Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo ViviD 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 7 2 2 Local Network Connection to EchoPAC PC Workstation Do not use the fifth connector and the swi
73. product line of Vivid 3 BT03 PRO console 220V 230V AC H45011GC Vivid 3 BTO1 amp BT02 For global NTSC RFI universal use Vivid 3 BTO3 PRO console NTRL RFI H45521JA The Pro is backward compatible to its predecessor the BTO1 amp BTO2 Contact your local distributor for more information about upgrades and backward compatibility BTOO hardware cannot be upgraded to this level Chapter 1 Introduction 1 3 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Table 1 3 Vivid 3 BT03 RFT Models BASE Vivid 3 Console Description Comments Vivid 3 BTO3 console 220 240V AC H45011ES Vivid 3 BTO3 console 100V AC H45011ET Vivid 3 BTO3 console 110 120V AC H45011EU Vivid 3 BTO3 console 220 230V AC NTSC H45011EV Vivid 3 BT03 console NTRL H45521EW An advanced version of the newer generation of the Vivid 3 BT03 Ultrasound Scanning System Enables a larger variety of probes and larger application use The BT03 is backward compatible to its parallel product the BTO2 Pro and Expert and its predecessor BT01 Pro and Expert Contact your local distributor for more information about upgrades and backward compatibility BTOO hardware cannot be upgraded to this level PRO Console
74. representative immediately In addition mark on the shipping consignment note or packing slip post delivery checklist in the Package column that the Tilt and or Drop indicators show failure It is recommended to keep and store the cardboard shipping carton and all other packing materials including the support foams anti static plastic cover etc in the event that transport or shipment of the unit to a different location will be required in the future Chapter 3 Installation 3 9 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL CAUTION When using sharp tools to open packing materials take care to avoid cutting or damaging A the contents Note Unless otherwise specified referenced items are shown in Figure 3 6 on page 3 9 1 Cutand remove the three securing steel strips item 13 2 Cut the adhesive tape along the center of the top of the cardboard shipping carton item 14 3 Remove all the fastening staples item 15 and remove the two screws item 16 so that the cardboard carton item 12 is free of the wooden platform item 4 and the narrow flap is free 4 Open the narrow side flap of the carton remove the ramp item 5 and attach it to the narrow side of the wooden platform item 4 in Figure 3 7 below D D UN f P p hes apie a NG REAR ANTESTATKE an Y
75. the error 1 Access the FE Diagnostics dialog box as described in the Accessing the Front End Diagnostic Options section on page 7 6 2 Inthe FE Diagnostics dialog box trackball to the RFT tab and press Select OR Trackball to the RFT button in the Data Flow Map and press Select The RFT tab is displayed as shown below Data Flow Map Test Description Area Test Area Comment Area Tabs Figure 7 9 RFT Tab FE Diagnostics Dialog Box Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 17 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 3 4 Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL In the RFT tab verify that the Comment area indicates that the system is ready to perform the test Trackball to one of the following buttons and press Select e Select the Board Test button to perform Self Test 1 and Self Test 2 sequentially e Select the Self Test 1 button to perform Self Test 1 independently e Select the Self Test 2 button to perform Self Test 2 independently The relevant LED changes color as follows Yellow The test is in progress Green The test has been completed and no problems were identified Red Problems were identified during the performance of the test Review the test results in the Comment area and proceed as follows fnoproblems were identified proceed to the FEC test as describe
76. there are no flash strikes or other artifacts 5 Move the sample volume to differentlocations Ensure that the flow looks clear the noise area is dark and that along the vessel there are no flash strikes or other artifacts PW HPRF Artifacts Test 6 Increase the velocity range to MAX 7 Place the 3S probe on the RMI1425A Phantom top view A 8 Place the sample volume in the center of the Ensure that the flow looks clear the noise area is dark and that vessel there are no flash strikes or other artifacts 9 Move the sample volume to differentlocations Ensure that the flow looks clear the noise area is dark and that along the vessel there are no flash strikes or other artifacts 4 16 Section 4 4 Image Testing 2D M CFM Doppler Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 4 1 10 CW Operation Tests Table 4 27 CW Operation Tests 3S Step Task Expected Result s 1 Select a Cardiac preset and set the 2D Gain to 45 ULS Image Activate CW Mode and set the following CW parameters 2 ion CW Gain 70 CW Cursor Velocity Scale 3 0m sec ssel CW Artifacts Test Position 2 Position 1 Back Back x m v m PI 35cm 3 ace the 3S probe on the RMI1425A Phantom top view A Front Front A Top View S 4 Place the CW cursor in the cente
77. to perform the procedure for validating communication with the DICOM server Chapter 3 Installation 3 59 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 7 5 1 Validating Communication with the DICOM Server 1 Trackball to the Views tab and press Select The Views tab is displayed 2 Trackball to the Dataflow button and press Select The full list of data flows is displayed te 1 itor Group Default Figure 3 43 Views Tab NOTE IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT DATAFLOWS The system s default dataflow is Local Archive Int HD In this configuration the Patient List is in the local archive and the images are stored on the internal hard drive In a dataflow configuration such as Int HD MOD 525 DICOM images are stored both on the internal hard drive and on media MOD The name DICOM is shown in parenthesis signifying that on the MOD the images are in DICOM format No Archive is a dataflow that has no output source for use in emergencies CAUTION DO NOT change the name of an existing dataflow or attempt to add new services to A a dataflow In the event that any changes or additions are required contact the On line Center 3 Expand the Local Archive Int HD DICOM Server branch The service DICOM Server is displayed 4 Trackball to DICOM Server and press Select then trackball to the Check button and press select e Ifthe connection is established a green checkmark is displ
78. which is designated for different operations as follows e C Drive Execution of the operating system and the software application and factory presets The partition size 2Gbyte e D Drive User presets and data The partition size is 1Gbyte E Drive Archiving of all images and reports The partition size is normally 15 5Gbyte but this depends upon the size of the hard disk F Drive Swap file partition for future usage The partition size is 550Mbyte 5 36 Section 5 1 Overview Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 5 12 5 5 13 5 5 14 Magneto Optical Drive MOD The MOD is used to back up images and reports Backing up enables storage of the images and reports for future review on Vivid 3 ultrasound units or other EchoPac compatible devices The MOD is controlled by the CPU via the SCSI Card Only 2 3 MB media are EchoPac DICOM compatible with EchoPac devices Magneto Optical media of any other size may be used for back up but will only be compatible with DICOM CD Read Write CDRW The CDRW is used to back up images and reports in the similar way as the MOD In addition the CD is used as the main source of software upgrades and other service utility operations The CDRW can write to 24X speed CDs or above and can read all types of CDs The CDRW i
79. 00164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL The Report dialog box includes the following Test Result Message Displays the test result Pencil Probe Relays Displays a graphic representation of the eight front board pencil probe relays as follows Each relay is represented by a button highlighted in green that displays the relay number Each button is highlighted in yellow when selected Each button is highlighted in red if errors were detected for one or more relays Checkboxes Enable you to manipulate bad channels Show Only Bad Channels Select this checkbox to display only the bad channels in the Display area Mark bad Channel Select this checkbox to manually mark the currently selected channel as bad 5 Check the test result message and proceed as follows If one or more relays were identified as bad trackball to Save Report and press Select and contact a GE Medical Systems service representative If no relays were identified as bad mark the channels suspected as being bad as follows e Trackball to the channel in the Display area and press Select Trackball to the Mark bad channel checkbox and press Select Repeat as required to mark additional channels e Trackball to Save Report and press Select and contact a GE Medical Systems service representative 6 Trackball to the Start Close test and press Select The pencil probe test close is performed and the test results are dis
80. 04 10 Figure 6 7 Calibration Display Window 3 Adjust the brightness of the monitor so that the black square in the upper left corner of the window is as dark as possible while a faint border remains visible between that square and the square to its right 4 Rotate the soft key rotaries to offset the red green and blue colors to change the grey shades displayed By default the RGB Calibration window shows one line at 45 degrees Blue 5 Trackball to the StopDisplayCalib button and press select to complete the monitor calibration 6 16 Section 6 8 Calibration GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo ViviD 3 SERVICE MANUAL 6 8 3 NOTE Beamformer Calibration IMPORTANT Do not perform BF Calibration after operating in CW or PW scanning modes since validation will fail Perform the BF Calibration procedure only after 2D scanning mode Beamformer BF calibration is performed to calibrate each of the two BF input s ADC channels The system calibrates the ADC to zero when there is no signal in the input These bias voltages are stored in the back end When changing the BFs swapping the BFs or changing the hard disk perform the BF calibration procedure 1 Access the calibration options as described in the Calibration section page 6 14 2 Trackball to the Calibration button and press Select The bias voltages for each channel are validated and stored in the back end Note If nece
81. 1 2 KVa the system might need e 100V 60 50 Hz 8A e 120V 60 50 Hz 8A e 220 240 V 60 50 Hz 4A DANGER Failure to provide an adequate earth circuit Ground may cause electrical shock and serious injury Chapter 3 Installation 3 31 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 5 5 2 Connecting the Ultrasound Unit to the Electrical Outlet Note To help assure grounding reliability connect to a hospital grade or hospital only grounded power outlet If using the ultrasound unit with an external UPS system follow all the grounding and applicable safety standards as documented both in this manual and the external UPS manufacturer s manual The external UPS system is to be considered the AC outlet 1 Verify that the AC wall outlet is of the appropriate type 2 Turn off the AC circuit breaker at the rear of the unit 3 Plug the power cord connector into the AC input socket and secure it in place using the attached clip see Figure 3 19 Cable Clip _ b Circuit Breaker Mains Power Cable Figure 3 19 Circuit Breaker and Power Cable on Back of Scanner 4 Plug the other end of the power cord to the AC wall outlet Allow sufficient slack so that the plug will not be pulled out if the unit is slightly moved The remaining length of the cord should
82. 1 Main Label 2 AC Voltage Rating Label 3 GND Label 1 12 Section 1 4 Product Labels and Icons Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 1 4 2 Label Descriptions Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL The following table shows the labels and symbols that may be found on the Vivid 3 ultrasound unit and provides a description of each label s purpose and location Table 1 7 Product Icons Label Name Description Location Product Logo Identifies Vivid 3 models Front of the unit Identification and Rating Plate Manufacturer s name and address Date of Manufacture Model and Serial numbers Electrical ratings Rear of the unit near the power inlet Class Equipment in which protection against electric shock does not rely on basic insulation only but which includes an additional safety precaution in that means are provided for the connection of the equipment to the protective earth conductor in the fixed wiring of the installation in such a way that accessible metal parts cannot become live in the event of a failure of the basic insulation Rear of the unit and probe connectors Device Listing Certification Labels Laboratory logos or labels that denote conformity with industry safety standards such as UL or IEC Rear of the unit TA CE certifi
83. 27 VCR ECG Tab 3 Inthe VCR Options area complete the following as required e Select the appropriate VCR from the VCR Model dropdown list for example Sony JVC or Panasonic e Select the video system from the Video Mode dropdown list for example PAL or NTSC e Select the SmartVCR option to enable Measurement and Analysis measurements and calculations on recorded VCR images e Select the Patient Name on second line option to display the patient s name on the second line For use when an external monitor omits picture borders 4 If done trackball to the OK button and press Select Note Totestthe VCR option insert a video cassette Refer to the Peripherals section on page 4 4 Chapter 3 Installation 3 45 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 Inthe ECG and Phono Options area complete the following as required e Select each connected option including ECG Exist ECG External Phono Exist and or Phono Filter Inthe No of Periods to Store auto locate field enter the number of heart cycles 1 4 of the frozen image that will be displayed in the multiple screen split screen when in freeze mode Inthe Standard Systole Time msec field enter the default systole time which enables cineloop synchronization Inthe Store time without ECG msec field define the default length of a cineloop when there is no ECG trace e Select the Analyze only Sys
84. 277 3487 65 272 3997 81 426 48 2950 81 426 48 2902 Chapter 1 Introduction 1 27 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Chapter 2 Pre Installation Section 2 1 Overview 2 1 1 Purpose of Chapter 2 This chapter provides the information required to plan and prepare for the installation of a Vivid 3 Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL ultrasound unit Included are descriptions of the electrical and facility requirements that must be met by the purchaser A worksheet is provided at the end of this chapter see Figure 2 2 on page 2 11 to help ensure that all the required network information is available prior to installation Table 2 1 Contents in Chapter 2 Section Description Page Number 2 1 Overview 2 1 2 2 Console Requirements 22 2 3 Facility Needs 2 7 Chapter 2 Pre Installation Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 2 2 Console Requirements 2 2 1 2 2 2 Note 2 2 3 2 2 4 A Unit Environmental Requirements Table 2 2 Environmental Requirements Relative Humidity Requirement Temperature non condensing Air Pressure Operational 10 40 C 50 104 F 50 70
85. 3 SERVICE MANUAL Table 5 6 BEP Motherboard Layout BT02 BT03 Legend to Figure 5 23 Jumpers Description Default Setting BT1 CMOS Clear Open Disabled JP1 Front Side Bus Speed Pins 1 2 Auto JP2 Watch Dog Enable Open Disabled JP3 Speech Output Select Pins 1 2 Speaker JPUSB USB0 1 Wake Up Pins 1 2 Disabled JPWAKE Keyboard Wake Up Pins 1 2 Disabled Connectors Description CD1 Audio CD Input large connector CD2 Audio CD Input small connector Chassis Fan1 2 Chassis Fan Header COM1 COM2 COM1 COM2 Serial Port Connector Header CPU Fan CPU Fan Header DIMM 1 2 Memory DIMM Slots Ethernet LAN Ethernet Port Game Port Game Port J1 4xAGP J5 Floppy Disk Drive Connector J6 J7 IDE 1 2 Hard Disk Drive Connectors J15 Parallel Printer Port J17 PS 2 Keyboard Mouse J21 ATX 12V Power Connector 20 pin J24 ATX 12V Power Connector 4pin JA1 SPDIF Connector JF1 JF2 Front Control Panel JL1 Chassis Intrusion Header JOH 1 Overheat LED JWOR1 Wake On Ring Header LE2 5v Standby Warning LED LINE IN Audio In Connector LINE OUT Audio Out Speaker Connector MIC Microphone Input USB2 USB3 Universal Serial Bus Port 2 3 USB4 USB5 Universal Serial Bus Port 4 5 WOL Wake On LAN a PASGA only b The 4 pin connector at J24 must be connected to meet the safety requirements of the ATX 12V specifications Artisan Technology Grou
86. 3 ultrasound unit as described in the following sections Main Label section on page 1 15 e Rating Labels section on page 1 23 e GND Label section on page 1 24 e Parking Label section on page 1 24 e Swivel Brake Label section on page 1 24 1 4 3 1 Main Label The main label may be printed in any of the following languages English German French Spanish Portuguese Italian Chinese Danish Dutch Finnish Greek Japanese Norwegian Russian or Swedish as shown in the examples below Each main label includes a serial number a voltage rating caution warnings danger warnings and classifications UL CE0344 and so on English Used for all countries except those in which German French Spanish Portuguese or Italian are spoken Figure 1 4 Main Label English USA Chapter 1 Introduction 1 15 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL German Used in all German language countries Figure 1 5 Main Label German e French Used in all French language countries Figure 1 6 Main Label French 1 16 Section 1 4 Product Labels and Icons Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO ViVID 3 SE
87. 5 e Network Onboard on page 5 35 e SCSI Card on page 5 35 Floppy Drive on page 5 36 Hard Disk on page 5 36 e Magneto Optical Drive MOD on page 5 37 e CD Read Write CDRW on page 5 37 e ECG Module on page 5 37 Modem on page 5 38 PC VIC Assembly on page 5 39 Figure 5 19 on page 5 27 shows the location of the various components within the BEP for BT02 BT03 systems with the RFI configuration For systems with the RFT configuration see Figure 5 20 on page 5 28 A block diagram of the BEP in Vivid 3 systems with the RFI configuration is provided in Figure 5 21 on page 5 29 For systems with the RFT configuration see Figure 5 22 on page 5 30 5 26 Section 5 1 Overview Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO ViVID 3 SERVICE MANUAL SCSI Card Audio Bracket PCI2IP Card Frame Grabber Kev Board Control Card Figure 5 19 Back End Component Locations BT02 BT03 RFI Configuration Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory 5 27 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO ViVID 3 SERVICE MANUAL VGA Card VIC Plug amp Scan Card SCSI Card Audio Bracket PCI2IP Card Multifunction I O Card Key Boa
88. 5 50 5 J11 J21 J31 J41 J51 J61 371 AVEC UA Fil 10 3A of BA 125 125 15 0 6A go 185 185 185 185 96 48 J12 J22 13 0 5A O O AVEE 10A o AVEE 10A 110 110 5 AVEE 5 15 15 EE AvEE DC PWR 5VA Ed 1 5 I 5 15 J23 J32 J42 J52 J62 J72 J82 5 40A gN VA 125 48 185 185 SUR 185 185 96 J14 J24 5 5 5 5 125 5VA 125 PMX85P O EWENTS PMX85N O gs 5VA r AVCC AVCC a HVS J15 J25 J33 J43 J53 J63 5 80 80 hd O O J73 J83 40 80 40 110 o 110 440 5 O o oe J16 J26 185 185 185 185 96 o0 96 PMX85P 15 15 PMX85N 125 AVEE 125 AVEE AVEE AVEE AVEE M Front Bd MUX Bd BF2 BF1 FEC RFT Image Port Figure 5 33 DC Distribution Front End Crate Systems with RFT Configuration 5 48 Section 5 6 External Peripherals Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 5 8 Front End Cooling System 5 8 1 General Description The Vivid 3 Front End cooling system includes following components e Dust Filter e Fans Other components that have an influence on the airflow is the Front End itself Air is sucked from the inside of the system through the Filter Cover and the Filter It passes the Fan Assembly directly into the upper part of the Front End where it forms a cooling air current between the Boards before being blow
89. 5 16 PC VIC Assembly 5 5 16 1 General Description Board PEP PomerOn amp amp N ulllllllll 4 Pc ROB aa Printe foamy Culvi P inler Mea RGB to The PC VIC assembly comprises the PC VIC board and the I O board The I O board contains inputs and outputs it receives all input signals filters them and transmits them either to another external peripheral or to the PC VIC board The PC VIC board receives input signals from the VGA board and the PC2IP board The VGA board transmits SVGA signals which are filtered and transmitted to the Control Console Monitor The SVGA RGB signals are transmitted into the Video Input and Capturing circuit where they are conditioned and only part of the transmitted image is captured and transmitted in RGB format to the S Video C Video Converter circuit and to the RGB to Color Printer Converter circuit The PC2IP board controls the PC VIC Power on and also controls the operation of PC VIC via an Ic signal generated from the PCI bus of the BEP The lge signal determines the operation of the Video Input and Capturing circuit and gives the command whether to operate in PAL or NTSC It also defines which region of the image is to be captured The RGB to Color Printer Converter circuit receives an RGB signal from the Video Input and Capturing circuit and converts it to fit the level of RGB Color Printer standards The S Video C Video Converter circuit receives an RGB signal from the Video Input and Capturing circu
90. 6 1 Probe 10S Image Quality Tests 2D Center Noise Test This test should be performed in a dark room Table 4 39 2D Noise Center Test 10S Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Step Task Expected Result s 4 Perform this test with a 10S probe in the air for all the probe ports 2 Reduce the 2D Gain until the background noise disappears Increase the Gain until flashlight noise is displayed in 3 the center of the screen as shown opposite and write down the Gain value 4 Increase the Gain until background noise is displayed and write down the Gain value Ensure that the Gain difference is not higher than 4 Doppler Artifacts Test Table 4 40 Doppler Artifacts Test 10S Step Task Expected Result s 1 Perform this test in PW and CW Modes Find a suitable surface that can simulate a signal on the 2 neck for example RMI1425A and look for artifacts in all possible frequencies No artifacts are detected 2D Pencil Probe Image Quality Test Image Quality Test Table 4 41 Image Quality Test 2D Pencil Probe Step Task Expected Result s 1 Activate CW Mode 2 Find a signal in the neck or other suitable surface Find a suitable surface that can simulate a signal on the neck for example RMI1425A and look for artifacts while searching for a signal No artifacts are detected Chapter 4 Functional Ch
91. 7 3 8 8 RAM Test The RAM test enables you to check the RAM that stores the delays for the transmitted ultrasound signals to the form focal beam Note You must reboot the system after performing the RAM test 1 Access the F B tab of the FE Diagnostics dialog box as described in the Accessing the Front Board Assembly Options section on page 7 25 2 Trackball to the RAM Test button and press Select The RAM test is performed and the results are displayed in the Comments area as shown in Figure 7 24 or Figure 7 25 below Figure 7 24 F B Tab FE Diagnostics Dialog Box RAM Test RFI Configuration Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 45 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Figure 7 25 F B Tab FE Diagnostics Dialog Box RAM Test RFT Configuration 3 Check the test results and proceed as follows e If no errors were identified proceed with the next test If no errors were identified but the problem persists contact your local GE Medical Systems field engineer for assistance If errors were identified but the results were marginal perform calibration as described in the Calibration section on page 6 14 and then repeat the test If errors were identified and the results were not marginal verify that all image port and PCI bridge cables are
92. 8 Preparing the Unit for Transport 0 45 66 ence cde d wae ee cae ee ne BA 3 68 Safety Precautions for Moving the Vivid 3 Unit 3 69 Wooden Shipping Crate and Packaging Materials 3 69 Cardboard Shipping Carton and Packaging Materials 3 70 Packing the Unit into the Wooden Shipping Crate 3 71 Assembling the Wooden Shipping Crate a 3 72 Packing the Unit in the Cardboard Shipping Carton 3 74 Assembling the Cardboard Shipping Carton illus 3 75 Completing the Installation Paperwork eee eee eee eee 3 76 System Installation Details 22 220s e eee eee 3 76 Product Locator Installation 2222222243 2s ed hee Rey ex se Soe oS vad 3 76 User Nanilalis ict equ pu x deo teehee LE kA a xa Sue ecce aae 3 77 x Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL CHAPTER 4 Functional Checks NENE Wa kaa ds oo me Re ee Ree as An i alee eke RG ee a a ee DES 4 1 Purpose of Chapter 4 usua odor a eee eee Meee wed ead RC edad 4 1 General ProcedureS nakapa acte dor aue bn tok KGG KABA auc Bos RR Rv DOCERE CR 4 2 Power ON OFF and Boot up Tests 000 cece cece eens 4 2 Diagnostic Power Supply Test 0020 22 eee eee eee 4 2 Puncnon
93. C thermal fuses One is connected to the secondary coil of the transformer and supplies 230V to the system The other two fuses are connected to the two coils that supply the local voltages 100V 120V 220V 230V or 230V 240V The coils are connected in parallel to the local voltage configuration The thermal fuses are located on the left rear panel Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory 5 45 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 5 7 3 3 NOTE Input AC Voltage Configuration The Internal Vivid 3 voltage is 220 V AC Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Back End and Front End Crates operate on 220 V AC The Monitor and Peripherals operate on local voltage The AC input voltage is factory preset in accordance with specific requirements as indicated on the label near the AC input connector The AC transformer s primary and secondary voltages are set up by using the appropriate plugs connected in Jumper1 and Jumper2 on the AC Distribution Box according to the following table Table 5 10 Primary and Secondary AC Voltage Jumper 1 PRIMARY Voltage Range 100 120V 220 240V Plug P N 2253054 2253056 Jumper 2 SECONDARY Voltage 100V 120V 220 230V 220 240V Plug P N 2253057 2253058 2253059 2 2253060 2 The AC inpu
94. CE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 9 3 3 Access Security The service interface has different access and security user levels Users are only granted access to the tools they are authorized to use Table 5 11 Access Authorization User Level Access Authorization Operator These service tools are normally used in house and are protected with a password Administrator Use the OnLine Center access method provided by iLinq External Service Access is protected with a password GE Service Requires knowledge of a password A modem on the scanner is specifically intended for iLing use by the user and for InSite use Every access request whether successful or not will be logged into a service access log that is viewable to authorized users See Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting for more info about InSite and the Global Service User Interface 5 52 Section 5 6 External Peripherals Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Chapter 6 Service Adjustments Section 6 1 Overview 6 1 1 Purpose of Chapter 6 Table 6 1 Contents in Chapter 6 Section Description Page Number 6 1 Overview 6 1 6 2 Input AC Voltage Configuration 6 2 6 3 Front End Voltages and
95. CI2IP Vingmed manufactured boards Figure 5 2 Front End Crate Block Diagram RFT Configuration The Front End can be divided into two subsystems as follows 1 The Front End subsystem which includes Front Board MUX Board BF64 Beamformer Board 2 The Mid Processors subsystem which includes RFI Radio Frequency Interface Board OR FEC Front End Controller Board RFT Radio Frequency amp Tissue Board IMP Image Port Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory 5 9 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 4 1 1 5 4 1 2 Front End Bus Most of the FE boards are controlled by the Front End Controller or RFI board via a Front End Bus FE_BUS The FE_BUS is a synchronous and bidirectional bus built up by 16 bit data 6 bit device address select 10 bit page address and 8 strobe signals controlling the data transactions The Front End Controller or RFI board can also read the revision status of the Front End boards through a serial line 12C to an E2PROM located on each board and some probes Phased and Linear Array Front End The phased and linear array probes consist of several identical transducer elements for example 64 128 192 Three probes and a pencil probe can be connected to the system The connectors are physically located on the FB board wher
96. Cache Test button to perform the BF Cache Test independently Select the TEE Temp Test button to perform the TEE Temp Test independently e Select the Thr Temp Test button to perform the Thr Temp Test independently Select the Pencil ID Test button to perform the Pencil ID Test independently The relevant LED changes color as follows Yellow The test is in progress Green The test has been completed and no problems were identified e Red Problems were identified during the performance of the test 5 Review the test results in the Comment area and proceed as follows e If no problems were identified proceed to the BF test as described in the Beamformer BF Diagnostic Tests section on page 7 21 If no problems were identified but the problem persists contact your local GE Medical Systems field engineer for assistance e If errors were identified but the results were marginal perform calibration as described in the Calibration section on page 6 14 and then repeat the test e If errors were identified and the results were not marginal verify that all image port and PCI bridge cables are connected and functioning properly as described in Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory If the problem persists contact your local GE Medical Systems field engineer for assistance 7 20 Section 7 3 Performing Front End FE Diagnostics Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www a
97. Displays the saved error log as described in the Report Common Service Interface section on page 7 84 Button Close Button Closes the FE Diagnostic dialog box and re displays the Diagnostic menu 7 10 Section 7 3 Performing Front End FE Diagnostics Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 3 2 Radio Frequency Interface RFI Diagnostic Tests for RFI Configuration 1 Access the FE Diagnostics dialog box as described in the Accessing the Front End Diagnostic Options section on page 7 6 2 Inthe FE Diagnostics dialog box trackball to the RFI tab and press Select The RFI tab is displayed as shown below Data Flow Map Test Description Area Test Area Comment Area Tabs Figure 7 5 RFI Tab FE Diagnostics Dialog Box Note Proper operation of the RFI board may be tested by performing either of the two tests Self Test or Full Test as required While the Full Test is in progress it may be necessary to wait a while since this requires longer than the Self Test for completion 3 Verify that the Comment area indicates that the system is ready to perform the test as shown in Figure 7 5 above 4 Trackball to the Full Test tab and press Select OR Trackball to the Self Test tab and press Select The Full Test or Self Test
98. E MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO SOLO EXISTE EN INGLES SI ALG N PROVEEDOR DE SERVICIOS AJENO A GEMS SOLICITA UN IDIOMA QUE NO SEA EL INGL S ES RESPONSABILIDAD DEL CLIENTE OFRECER UN SERVICIO DE TRADUCCI N NO SE DEBER DAR SERVICIO T CNICO AL EQUIPO SIN HABER CONSULTADO Y COMPRENDIDO ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO LA NO OBSERVANCIA DEL PRESENTE AVISO PUEDE DAR LUGAR A QUE EL PROVEEDOR DE SERVICIOS EL OPERADOR O EL PACIENTE SUFRAN LESIONES PROVOCADAS POR CAUSAS EL CTRICAS MEC NICAS O DE OTRA NATURALEZA ESTE MANUAL DE ASSIST NCIA T CNICA SO SE ENCONTRA DISPON VEL EM INGL S SE QUALQUER OUTRO SERVIGO DE ASSIST NCIA T CNICA QUE NAO A GEMS SOLICITAR ESTES MANUAIS NOUTRO IDIOMA DA RESPONSABILIDADE DO CLIENTE FORNECER OS SERVICOS DE TRADUGAO NAO TENTE REPARAR O EQUIPAMENTO SEM TER CONSULTADO E COMPREENDIDO ESTE MANUAL DE ASSIST NCIA T CNICA O NAO CUMPRIMENTO DESTE AVISO PODE POR EM PERIGO A SEGURANCA DO T CNICO OPERADOR OU PACIENTE DEVIDO A CHOQUES EL TRICOS MEC NICOS OU OUTROS IL PRESENTE MANUALE DI MANUTENZIONE DISPONIBILE SOLTANTO IN INGLESE SE UN ADDETTO ALLA MANUTENZIONE ESTERNO ALLA GEMS RICHIEDE IL MANUALE IN UNA LINGUA DIVERSA IL CLIENTE TENUTO A PROVVEDERE DIRETTAMENTE ALLA TRADUZIONE SI PROCEDA ALLA MANUTENZIONE DELL APPARECCHIATURA SOLO DOPO AVER CONSULTATO IL PRESENTE MANUALE ED AVE
99. EDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo ViviD 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 4 4 System Voltage Confirmation 3 4 4 1 System Voltage Settings Verify that the scanner is set to the correct voltage The Voltage settings for the Vivid 3 Scanner are found on a label to the right of the Power switch and External I O on the rear of the system Figure 3 13 Rating Plate Example WARNING CONNECTING A VIVID 3 SCANNER TO THE WRONG VOLTAGE LEVEL WILL A MOST LIKELY DESTROY THE SCANNER 3 4 4 2 Confirming System Voltage Configuration 1 Turn ON the system 2 In regular 2D Scanning Mode press Config 3 From the System Configuration dialog box click the Technical Support tab 4 Make sure the frequency and voltage ranges are set up correctly and that the appropriate settings are displayed in the Power Supply Frequency and Nominal Voltage fields lower right side of the dialog box see Figure 3 28 on page 3 47 5 Click OK Note If the voltage is not set correctly contact an authorized GE Service Representative Chapter 3 Installation 3 19 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 4 5 Video Formats Confirmation The Vivid 3 ultrasound scanner and VIC may be configured to operate with either PAL or NTSC video systems as required 3 4 5 1 Video
100. ERICAS amp Japan 2269979 5 LEAD ECG CABLE L 3 6M 2269982 LEAD WIRE GRABBER 1 3M WHITE 2269982 2 LEAD WIRE GRABBER 1 3M GREEN 2269982 3 LEAD WIRE GRABBER 1 3M BLACK 2256478 ECG CABLES FOR EUROPE AND ALL OTHER COUNTRIES 2269980 5 LEAD ECG CBL L 6 3M 2269983 LEAD WIRE GRABBER 1 3M YELLOW 2269983 2 LEAD WIRE GRABBER 1 3M BLACK 2269983 3 LEAD WIRE GRABBER 1 3M RED Chapter 3 Installation 3 13 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 4 2 2 Accessories Table 3 5 Vivid 3 Accessories Item Number Description Quantity 2378183 CD WITH SW V3 2 VIVID3 SYSTEM 2277423 DISKETTE 3 5 1 44MB 066E0007 FOOTSWITCH E11821AE ULTRASOUND GEL BOTTLE 2277190 MO DISKETTE 2 3GB OPTIONAL 3 4 3 Component Inspection After verifying that all the required parts are included in the shipping crate inspect the system components using the checklist supplied below In addition ensure that all the labels described in Chapter 1 Introduction are present accurate and in good condition and enter the serial number printed on the main label into the system installation details card as described in System Installation Details on page 3 76 3 4 3 1 Damage Inspection Checklist Visually inspect th
101. F 8 by Automatic Lights Test on page 7 74 Verify that all the key LEDs are illuminated one by one All the backlights are turned on one by one Check that 9 Select the Select option the backlights on the extended and alphanumeric keyboards are illuminated Return to the Test Manager tab and select Lights After the Select button LED is deselected the 10 Manual Select the KB Panel tab and deselect the f UE alphanumeric keyboard LEDs are not illuminated Select option Connect the footswitch to the connector on the front 11 panel of the unit and press the right middle and left of Verify Makina numbers 68 69 and 70 accordingly are displayed on the info bar the switch 12 Select lt Exit gt to leave the KB Diagnostic window Perform an alphanumeric keyboard diagnostic as verity that ine Gaps Lock LEDS illuminated when Caps i Lock is active Refer to Table 4 4 below for special 13 described in the Keyboard Diagnostic Test on page 7 x 76 keys The correct keys or key combinations are displayed Table 4 4 Alphanumeric Key Combinations Key Page Line Delete Name Help Preset Config Text Erase Erase Arrow Maaga AIN Key F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 Chapter 4 Functional Checks 4 3 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL
102. F Diagnostic Tests 2000 eee eee ee 7 21 Front Board Assembly FB Diagnostic Tests 7 25 MUX Diagnostic Tests usua acte RR NG Besos KAMANG KAG 7 47 AAN REDOM Na aw dra eis ela oat Ak we kee We hed BSR ae lee 7 66 Curent IS DODL x anat dor aci apaa A arene dg AA DADAAN deen EO 7 67 Performing Back End Diagnostics on the System a 7 68 Accessing the Back End Diagnostic Options illus 7 68 Audio Doppler Sound Driver Diagnostic Test 7 TO ECO Phoro Diagnostic Test uude perra ec PIER ER 7 T1 External Keyboard Diagnostic Test an 7 73 Keyboard Diagnostic TSSt 3234 x beh phe SCR RC OX E Sa NG eR OR e es 7 76 Media Driver Diagnostic Test 2 a c2csinkebewee n hm E Ree n d 7 77 Computer Diagnostic Test 2 22 e eee eee eee 7 79 UPS TESI APR ITE 7 82 Checking the Network Adaptors from Windows Device Manager 7 83 Common Service Interfabe uud ees bee RR ER Rex hor doe betes pans 7 84 iLinq Interactive Platform Features AA 7 84 Global Service User Interface 2 2 2 2 eee eee 7 84 Error Logs Page c a osone obest a KA HARA AARAL KANG es LABADA ed aad 7 88 Diagnostics Pag PP ANA AA 7 96 Image Quality Page 2 2 2 pada ka RR RR TR ERERES 7 109 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION
103. Format Confirmation 1 Turn ON the system and the check video transmission signal is set correctly 2 Press Config 3 From the System Configuration dialog box select the VCR ECG tab and make sure Either PAL or NTSC is selected 4 Click the Technical Support tab and make sure Frequency is set to either 60Hz for NTSC or 50Hz for PAL 5 Click OK Note Ifthe video format is not set correctly contact an authorized GE Service Representative 3 20 Section 3 4 Preparing for Installation Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO ViVID 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 4 6 Ensuring Protection from EMI The Vivid 3 unit has been designed to minimize the effects of Electo Magnetic Interference EMI Many of the covers shields and screws are provided primarily to protect the system from image artifacts caused by this interference For this reason it is imperative that all covers and hardware are installed and secured before the unit is put into operation Ensure that the system is protected from electromagnetic interference EMI as follows Operate the system at least 15 feet away from equipment that emits strong electromagnetic radiation e Operate the system in an area enclosed by walls floors and ceilings comprised of wood plaster or concrete which help prevent EMI Shield the system when operating it i
104. GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO ViVID 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 3 9 6 6 Show History The Show History option in the View Power dialog box displays selected test results by year month and day 1 Access the MUX tab of the FB Diagnostics dialog box as described in the Accessing the MUX Diagnostic Test Options section on page 7 47 2 Trackball to the Advanced board tests button and press Select The Advanced System Tests options are displayed as shown in Figure 7 34 on page 7 58 3 Trackball to the Monitor button and press Select The View Power options are displayed as shown in Figure 7 36 on page 7 60 4 Trackball to the View History button and press Select The following options are displayed Figure 7 41 View History Options 5 Select the test and date that you want to view from the appropriate drop down list then trackball to the View button and press Select The relevant graphs are displayed showing activity over time in values of Temperature Yo or Voltage Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 65 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO ViVip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 3 10 H W Report The H W Report button in the FE Diagnostics dialog box enables you to generate a report displaying the Front End boards software versions and hardware revisions 1 Access t
105. Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 5 3 Connecting Probes The Vivid 3 ultrasound unit operates with various types of probes that are used for scanning patients including flat phased convex and linear electronic array probes Once connected the probes can be selected for different applications Probe connectors on the unit s control panel are as follows e Three active probe connectors one for a pencil probe and a fourth inactive port on the right side of the unit which is used for parking OR e Four active probe connectors one for a pencil probe Probes can be connected or changed any time as described below 1 Inspect the probe socket to verify that it is free of debris 2 Hold the rectangular probe connector vertically so that the probe s cable points upwards 3 Rotate the probe locking latch counterclockwise to the unlock horizontal position 4 Gently insert the connector into one of the matching sockets on the front of the unit Gently push the connector in as far as possible 5 Rotate the locking latch 90 degrees clockwise to lock the connector into place vertical NOTE It is not necessary to turn OFF power to connect or disconnect a probe 3 5 3 1 Available Probes The following probes are available for use with the Vivid 3 ultrasound unit Table 3 15 Avai
106. HT double arrows locks the swivel action Footswitch Configurable footswitch connected to the patient I O module that enables keyboard commands to be operated by foot Gel Holders Situated on either side of the control console and on the top surface on either side of the monitor Optional storage compartment On Off Switch Alphanumeric Keyboard and Operation Buttons Cable Hook Peripherals The VCR recorder and or black and white printer and or color printer are positioned on the peripheral storage area of the control console CD Read Write CDRW and MO Disk optional Rear Castors Front Castors Chapter 3 Installation 3 17 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO ViVID 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 4 3 3 Rear View of the Vivid 3 Ultrasound Unit The following figure shows the Vivid 3 ultrasound unit components that are visible from the rear of the ultrasound unit Figure 3 12 Rear View of the Vivid 3 Monitor Gel Wells Monitor Connection Panel Left Rear Panel Right Rear Panel Power Cable Storage Hook Circuit Breaker On Off Switch Ground Screw oO o N Oa a FP O N Power Cable Socket 3 18 Section 3 4 Preparing for Installation Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE M
107. ICE MANUAL Section 3 2 Installation Reminders 3 2 1 Average Installation Time Once the site has been prepared the average installation time required is shown in Table 3 2 below Table 3 2 Average Installation Time Average Description Installation Time Comments Unpacking the scanner 0 5 hour Installing the scanner 0 5 hour Time may vary according to the required configuration Rey 0 5 2 0 hours Time may vary according to the required configuration 3 2 2 Installation Warnings 1 Since the Vivid 3 weighs 160 kg 353 Ibs or more without options two persons are always required to unpack it This is also applicable when installing any additional items in excess of 16 kg 35 Ibs 2 There are no operator serviceable components To prevent shock do not remove any covers or panels Should problems or malfunctions occur unplug the power cord Only qualified service personnel should carry out servicing and troubleshooting 3 2 2 1 System Acclimation Time Following transport the Vivid 3 system may be very cold or hot Allow time for the system to acclimate before being switched ON Acclimation requires 1 hour for each 2 5 C increment when the temperature of the system is below 10 C or above 35 C CAUTION Turning the system ON after arrival at the site without allowing time for acclimation may cause system damage Ta
108. ISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo ViviD 3 SERVICE MANUAL Note Ifan option was not initially purchased or installed it may be acquired and or installed later During option installation type the relevant password in the appropriate Option window see Figure 3 25 and click Apply The Installed status to the right of the Apply button will then be visible 3 42 Section 3 6 System Configuration Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 6 8 Printers Tab 1 Press Config on the alphanumeric keyboard The System Configuration window is displayed 2 Trackball to the Printers tab and press Select The Printers tab is displayed as shown below ator Group Defoult Figure 3 26 Printers Tab Note Please note the printers indicated in the Currently Installed Printers field are the recommended and approved printers to be used with the Vivid 3 system Other generic printers are not approved and GE Medical Systems will not guarantee their correct operation on this system 3 In the Currently Installed Printers area trackball to the required printer and press Select The printer is highlighted 4 Trackball to the Set as default button and press Select The selected printer is set as the default printer and is shown in the text box above the option buttons Note If required two
109. Monitor button and press Select The View Power options are displayed as shown below Figure 7 36 View Power Options 7 60 Section 7 3 Performing Front End FE Diagnostics Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 Trackball to the AC Power Input button and press Select The AC Power Input dialog box is displayed Figure 7 37 AC Power Input Dialog Box 5 Trackball to the Show button and press Select to display the voltage Note For repeat readings select Loop every and set the reading time cycle Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 61 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 3 9 6 3 LVPS Voltage Test The LVPS test measures the LVPS voltages The voltage range is displayed next to the measured voltage All the voltages can be measured with DVM on the front board test point 1 Access the MUX tab of the FB Diagnostics dialog box as described in the Accessing the MUX Diagnostic Test Options section on page 7 47 2 Trackball to the Advanced board tests button and press Select The Advanced System Tests options are displayed as shown in Figure 7 34 on page 7 58 3 Trackball to the Monitor b
110. O TETTE DOTT em edie ET LIU 5 3 System Block Diagrams ogag aa sA po eror eo ta ue ee Rete gms 5 3 FOM PNG m ete Sista OS ae eee KAKAIN BO pee ea ee eee oo DD GL 5 7 General Information ur dor ior oe e an SHAN DYN FEEL haa ADAN ege LGA 5 7 Front Board Assembly FB usse REG doeet noes Bed ee 5 16 MUX Board PP Trcrr TImIUTTIPPT 5 18 Beamformer Board BF pupu ge murs hc tee eee ce nennen 5 19 Radio Frequency Interface RFI Board 0022200 ee eee 5 20 Front End Controller Board FEC RFT scsccesecasudereetes evans 5 23 RF and Tissue Processor Board RFT 22200e eee eeeee 5 24 Image Port Board IMP inus Re ee RE RE Saas ae RR RR 5 25 Back Plane Board Motherboard cee eee eee 5 25 Back End Processor s sie GA osos a dU AR Ran RUE Ie RERO oe OL bier SUR RC 5 26 lakes ae 1 CT TERA AA 5 26 Central Processing Unit CPU 21620222525 se ER RR Repo ese Se 5 31 Keyboard Controller uina dre OR RR akin d wb RE a SR I Ee gd 5 34 Multifunction VO Controller 2 2 3 sa ka cete Rebum mmm 5 35 Frame Grabber RFI systems only 000 e eee eee 5 35 POP prc 5 35 Plug and Scan Card and Ballety 51e noce oem eot AD Gd 5 35 Menon ONDOA cs crssrsssp etee eas ORE RERO fea AGA 5 35 SCSI Gard mM nr 5 35 Floppy DING 66 0 KAKALAS kania KAG PA DANG mh a Madan cad eed OA 5 36 lear FI AA PAPA AA AA 5 36 Magneto Optical Drive MOD 2 2 5 37 CD Read Write CDRW 224020154 129 mt
111. Options section on page 7 6 2 Inthe FE Diagnostics dialog box trackball to the VME tab and press Select OR Trackball to the VME button in the Data Flow Map and press Select The VME tab is displayed as shown below Data Flow Map Test Description Area Test Area Comment Area Tabs Figure 7 8 VME Tab FE Diagnostics Dialog Box Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 15 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO ViVip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 Inthe VME tab verify that the Comment area indicates that the system is ready to perform the test 4 Trackball to the Vme Com Test button and press Select The Vme Com Test LED changes color as follows Yellow The test is in progress e Green The test has been completed and no problems were identified Red Problems were identified during the performance of the test 5 Review the test results in the Comment area and proceed as follows fno problems were identified proceed to the RFT test as described in the RFT Diagnostic Tests for RFT Configuration section on page 7 17 fnoproblems were identified but the problem persists contact your local GE Medical Systems field engineer for assistance e If errors were identified but the results were marginal perform calibration as described in Calibration on page 6 14 and then r
112. R THAN ENGLISH IT IS THE CUSTOMER S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE TRANSLATION SERVICES DO NOT ATTEMPT TO SERVICE THE EQUIPMENT UNLESS THIS SERVICE MANUAL HAS BEEN CONSULTED AND IS UNDERSTOOD FAILURE TO HEED THIS WARNING MAY RESULT IN INJURY TO THE SERVICE PROVIDER OPERATOR OR PATIENT FROM ELECTRIC SHOCK MECHANICAL OR OTHER HAZARDS CEMANUEL DE MAINTENANCE N EST DISPONIBLE QU EN ANGLAIS SILE TECHNICIEN DU CLIENT A BESOIN DE CE MANUEL DANS UNE AUTRE LANGUE QUE L ANGLAIS C EST AU CLIENT QU IL INCOMBE DE LE FAIRE TRADUIRE NEPAS TENTER D INTERVENTION SUR LES QUIPEMENTS TANT QUE LE MANUEL SERVICE N A PAS ETE CONSULTE ET COMPRIS LE NON RESPECT DE CET AVERTISSEMENT PEUT ENTRA NER CHEZ LE TECHNICIEN L OP RATEUR OU LE PATIENT DES BLESSURES DUES DES DANGERS LECTRIQUES M CANIQUES OU AUTRES DIESES KUNDENDIENST HANDBUCH EXISTIERT NUR IN ENGLISCHER SPRACHE FALLS EIN FREMDER KUNDENDIENST EINE ANDERE SPRACHE BENOTIGT IST ES AUFGABE DES KUNDEN F R EINE ENTSPRECHENDE BERSETZUNG ZU SORGEN VERSUCHEN SIE NICHT DAS GER T ZU REPARIEREN BEVOR DIESES KUNDENDIENST HANDBUCH NICHT ZU RATE GEZOGEN UND VERSTANDEN WURDE WIRD DIESE WARNUNG NICHT BEACHTET SO KANN ES ZU VERLETZUNGEN DES KUNDENDIENSTTECHNIKERS DES BEDIENERS ODER DES PATIENTEN DURCH ELEKTRISCHE SCHLAGE MECHANISCHE ODER SONSTIGE GEFAHREN KOMMEN Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com G
113. REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO VIvID 3 SERVICE MANUAL CHAPTER 6 Service Adjustments NENIEW sector uasa e Enero AA PA AA ug de wa DOR ee aes oan p s iu io RE EE 6 1 Purpose of Chapter Du usa aou uot 9d ee owed ed eee oa acd oe ec Gc e 6 1 Input AC Voltage Configuration s 22 3 n em RO ei PGs Rm 9 Rer sad Rm m i hes 6 2 Secondary Voltage Configuration 0 0c eee eee eee 6 2 AG INpPUrCO ic an KAG eee KAKA UKE ene danndaaed cam eae 6 2 Front End Voltages and Signal Indicators 2 2222 020000ebs eren 6 3 alli M P P rmmm 6 5 Image Pont IMP LEDS 2s a tee hp p EE iiaea ReESeERSE 6 5 Front End Controller FEC LEDS 2 20 saa BABABA NAGA ss eed pore dos 6 6 RF and Tissue Processor RFT 2222 04 aeeeeeeeed ee dees ne RR S 6 6 Beamformer BF lt csekeuesuewess cea ct bee EU E E E ace eee 6 6 Channels Multiplexer MUX 4 4 ia deemed aor ei br bob hor reese 6 7 Front Board Assembly FB isssseeeeeelleeeeeeeeee 6 7 Back End Power Supply Vollag6es uada heck soot sk ERU DRE CR n c Re 6 8 VIC Video Signal Setting 3a sax RR HECORHESIESETWEESY EE ENNA KAN NO NAGANA 6 8 Video Format Confirmation uua dae ex wee eam eee a ae ee are eed 6 8 IJOHIOI OP STAG sss ae ane qe def E BRE t RR ti AK al iu e lm 6 9 Vivid 3 Samsung 15 and 17 Monitor Operation 6 9 Image Quality Calibration s 2 accent ael RR et Re On A oi dt NG ee ara 6 12 Image Quality Calibration for the Vivid 3 15
114. RNE COMPRESO IL CONTENUTO NON TENERE CONTO DELLA PRESENTE AVVERTENZA POTREBBE FAR COMPIERE OPERAZIONI DA CUI DERIVINO LESIONI ALL ADDETTO ALLA MANUTENZIONE ALL UTILIZZATORE ED AL PAZIENTE PER FOLGORAZIONE ELETTRICA PER URTI MECCANICI OD ALTRI RISCHI ii Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL EH LOA KALAT MARIN AB DE HA GEMSISpo3r KAGABE RA AA DARE NAG HITEHILEDNEDHTONT bO E BATH Ss LOH KP AV ony ee BR Til ROO CA tirih AMO Pp Avs o ar E OBS Hb Awe Papada n HEUD Avi Bm x EE CERUL Ao foo fbi kO AAT A Bere HDF AR EAE FMR ARAB BEAK JF GEMS AE HI SE fe A RARE AEE FTN APR AITAME AEA RA SES f ARFI MENEE AW ANTE TS Se SEE D BRE PA A Pk fi gt NAMARAROE iii Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL DAMAGE IN TRANSPORTATION All packages should be closely examined at time of delivery If damage is apparent write Damage In Shipment on ALL copies of the freight or express bill BEFORE delivery is accepted or signed for by a GE representative or hospital receiving agent Whether noted or concealed damage MUST be reported to the carrier immediately upon disco
115. RO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 4 3 2 Front and Side View of the Vivid 3 Ultrasound Unit Figure 3 11 below shows the Vivid 3 ultrasound unit components that are visible from the front and side of the ultrasound unit Left Right Figure 3 11 Front and Side View of the Vivid 3 1 Display Monitor Swivels to the left and right and tilts up and down 2 Speakers Two loudspeakers for Doppler sound 3 Probe Holders and Probes Situated on either side of the front panel 4 Control Panel Contains the alphanumeric keyboard and the buttons used to operate the ultrasound unit 5 Front Handle Raise Lower the Control Console Up Down Handle Located midway underneath the front handle Used to raise or lower the control console control panel and monitor 7 Air Filter Located above the crate 8 Probe Ports S e Three active probe connectors one for a pencil probe and a fourth inactive port on the right ch gS side of the unit which is used for parking S e Four active probe connectors one for a pencil probe eg eo 3 16 Section 3 4 Preparing for Installation Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Foot Brake Three position brake as follows LEFT P locks the wheels e MIDDLE unlocks the wheels e RIG
116. RVICE MANUAL e Spanish Used in all Spanish language countries Figure 1 7 Main Label Spanish e Portuguese Used in all Portuguese language countries Figure 1 8 Main Label Portuguese Chapter 1 Introduction 1 17 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Figure 1 9 Main Label Portuguese 220 240V Italian Used in all Italian language countries Figure 1 10 Main Label Italian 1 18 Section 1 4 Product Labels and Icons Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Chinese Used in all Chinese language countries n f RTBEMEQU A j AM Ci For di eT RRC ulia Figure 1 11 Main Label Chinese Danish Used in all Danish language countries Figure 1 12 Main Label Danish Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Chapter 1 Introduction 1 19 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL e Dutch Used in all Dutch language countries Figure 1 13 Main Label Dutch Finnish Used in all Finnish language countries Figure 1 14 Ma
117. Signal Indicators 6 3 6 4 Back End Power Supply Voltages 6 8 6 5 VIC Video Signal Setting 6 8 6 6 Monitor Operation 6 9 6 7 Image Quality Calibration 6 12 6 8 Calibration 6 14 Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Chapter 6 Service Adjustments Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 6 2 Input AC Voltage Configuration The internal Vivid 3 voltage is 220V AC The Back End and Front End Crates operate on 220V AC e The Monitor and Peripherals operate on local voltage 6 2 1 Secondary Voltage Configuration The AC input voltage is factory preset according to specific requirements as indicated on the label near the AC input connector The AC transformer s primary and secondary voltages are set up by using the appropriate plugs connected in Jumper1 and Jumper2 on the AC Distribution Box in accordance with the information in Table 6 2 below Table 6 2 Primary and Secondary AC Voltages Mokoge 100 120V 220 240V Jumper 1 Range PRIMARY Plug P N 2253054 2253056 Jumper 2 Voltage 100V 120V 220 230V 230 240V SECONDARY Plug P N wm oum pnm UE 6 2 2 AC Input Cord The input voltage power cord and plug must meet the local standards and requirements 6 2 Section 6 2 Input AC Voltage Configuration Artisan Technolog
118. UAL 5 5 2 Central Processing Unit CPU The CPU controls and processes the internal Back End Processor operations In addition the CPU supports the Front End Crate via the IP card The CPU used in the Vivid 3 ultrasound unit is a Pentium 4 2 GHz Intel Processor or newer On older units Pentium Ill the CPU is GHz Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory 5 31 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivio 3 PRO ViVID 3 SERVICE MANUAL JPWAKE J21 KeyDoard JPUSB 324 12V Powor Connoctor ma 117 i E 8 i CPU x z 3 478mPGA B amp USB1 Fthornot Port CHASSIS FAN2 GMCH E IDE 2 IDE 1 n AGP 4x 1 5v 3 CHASSIS FAN1 Center subwoofer Rear LAR ReerL amp R PCI 1 L e2 NG BATTERY PCI2 G nus PCI 3 ICH4 PCI4 CD2 CDI LI j PCIS wou PCI6 nos JA1 JRT1 JP2 C sas USB co COM 5 ANRI M1 JOHI1 JF1 com 3 mom att yout wt Note Not drawn to scale UPER P4SGA S Figure 5 23 BEP Motherboard Layout BT02 BT03 5 32 Section 5 1 Overview Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO Vivip
119. Ver 3 PCI Frame Grabber Falcon Network Board Intel EtherExpr UPS PowerCard 450 VIC V1 PC VIC Number of Fans 5 Table 3 18 Recommended Vivid 3 Hardware Configurations RFT Models Item BT03 BT03 Vivid 3 Pro ECG Second Re Second Re Image Port Revision E8 F8 Revision E8 F8 Front Board V7 3 TR V4 or V7 2 TR V4 V7 3 TR V4 or V7 2 TR V4 Ex Keyboard Revision 4 Revision 4 MUX Board V2 V2 Sound Board Ver 3 Ver 3 PCI Frame Grabber No board No board SCSI Board AHA 29160N AHA 29160N Network Board Intel EtherExpr Intel EtherExpr UPS PowerCard 450 PowerCard 450 VIC V1 PC Vic V1 PC VIC Number of Fans 5 5 a optional b valid only for Pentium 4 when a machine is based on Pentium Ill use VO external Note When a system s Back End is upgraded to Pentium 4 in future the BEP should only be replaced with a Pentium 4 type BEP See Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures and Chapter 9 Renewal Parts for more details 3 48 Section 3 6 System Configuration Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 6 11 Technical Support History Tab The Technical Support History is where you would record any historical technical support information that may be relevant to a
120. Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 3 3 Image Port IMP Diagnostic Tests for RFT Configuration 1 Access the FE Diagnostics dialog box as described in the Accessing the Front End Diagnostic Options section on page 7 6 2 Inthe FE Diagnostics dialog box trackball to the IMP tab and press Select OR Trackball to the IMP button in the Data Flow Map and press Select The IMP tab is displayed as shown below Data Flow Map Test Description Area Test Area Comment Area Tabs Figure 7 7 IMP Tab FE Diagnostics Dialog Box Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 13 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 In the IMP tab verify that the Comment area indicates that the system is ready to perform the test 4 Trackball to the Self Test button and press Select to check the performance of the IMP board The Self Test LED changes color as follows Yellow The test is in progress Green The test has been completed and no problems were identified e Red Problems were identified during the performance of the test 5 Review the test results in the Comment area and proceed as follows e If no problems were identified proceed to the VME test as described in the VME Bus VME Diagnostic Tests for RFT Configuration section on page 7 15 e fno pr
121. Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 3 9 5 Port Test The Port test is a general logic control test Figure 7 32 Port Test RFI Configuration 7 56 Section 7 3 Performing Front End FE Diagnostics Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Figure 7 33 Port Test RFT Configuration Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 57 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 3 9 6 Advanced Board Tests The advanced board tests check two additional parts of the MUX Board TEE probe control and Monitoring as follows TEE probe control enables you to check different positions of the probe by changing the probe angle you are able to verify its normal operation Monitoring enabled you to check the HVPS and LVPS voltages and the AC Power Input as well as temperatures 7 3 9 6 1 TEE Probe Control The TEE probe control test checks the position setting of the probe as well as its normal operation 1 Access the MUX tab of the FB Diagnostics dialog box as described in the Accessing the MUX Diagnostic Test Options section on page 7 47 2 Trackball to the Advanced board tests button and press Select Th
122. a mad ee da SUC 1 6 Conventions Used in this Manual 2 2 22220000005 1 6 Safety Considerations PT 1 8 MOG DO 11 sea eE r eek oe Sohne ee eee a O EEE 1 8 H man Safety A PP ae ey 1 8 Mechanical Safety tma a ABA KAI qus due Sadd ene Dees aaa Spa dor Pep as 1 8 ener AP rrrTTTT 1 9 Dangerous Procedure Wamings 2 222s eee eee eens 1 10 Product Labels and ICONS 4 ese reca RACK oS ee eee dowd ew eed 1 11 Product Label Locations i 4 adc doa AG MG bd RR RC Ro ES mr PR aed 1 11 Label Descriptions 24 pupa erc 9 doa KAG eee dp COP uc irai ec Ve Rede es 1 13 Vivid 3 External L3D68ls iuda ar e RE o Ron o n RR a d 1 15 EMG EMI and ESD iussa RARE BAL WAND KN KANAN ee EEEE DEEE EEE 1 25 Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC 020 0c eee eee 1 25 Electrostatic Discharge ESD Prevention 2 25 1 25 Standards Used a5 ee 2 x00 AAP 93 EREE EE POR So E E d 1 26 Lockout Tagout Requirements For USA Only aaa 1 26 Customer ASSISISIOO s 2 epe cp Rue AG eee DR RR CR eat RR OR DR CR 1 27 Contact Info fti acac cate ac dou NG KA aoi ewe eee CR ie n ole ee KANG KG 1 27 Table of Contents vii Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO VIvID 3 SERVICE MANUAL CHAPTER 2 Pre Installation DGG OW C RPM 2 1 Pur
123. abbing test as described in Calibration on page 6 14 Tests each board in the Front End crate including the TR power supply the LVPS supply and temperatures as described in the Performing Front End FE Diagnostics section on page 7 5 Back End Tests various back end hardware components as described in the Performing Back End Diagnostics on the System section on page 7 68 Monitoring Monitors all low voltages Tx voltages temperatures and AC power input Auto Sequence Performs a full sequence of Front End tests that do not require user intervention Auto Sequence is particularly recommended for detecting problems that are intermittent in nature since a test may be paused at any stage and any detected failures reviewed This is described in the Auto Sequence section on page 7 6 Description Area Displays a description of the function performed when each of the buttons is selected Trackball the cursor over a button to display a description in the Description area Report Button Displays a current diagnostics report Exit Button Closes the Diagnostic menu 7 4 Section 7 2 Diagnostics Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo ViviD 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 7 3 Performing Front End FE Diagnostics NOTE NOTE NOTE When performing Front End Diagnostics tests
124. al Check oran paanan maa Qo dod Aha KA 93 373 See dpa pd bab acm Oe ee x 4 3 Basit CONnNGIS P KKK KA Hala WG WE bA SKK n 4 3 Peripherals C 4 4 Mechanical Functions s uc xad d 430 obedece AGA 0 303 deena 4 6 Back End Processor Tests sss a ec aca cas Rea cat jt RR ee RR RC RE 4 7 Image Testing 2D M CFM Doppler 000 cece eee ee eee ees 4 11 3S Probe Image Quality Tests 47 47 73 x3 a5 83KG ec eee Seed RERERLEEX es 4 11 7S Probe Image Quality Tests lt 2 22c cdehebevwesececaeceueedes 4 18 C358 Curved Probe Image Quality Tests 4 19 739L Probe Image Quality Tests 2ccses 505000c44 2 see NEL ALALA 4 21 Probe 10S Image Quality Tests 0 0 mama se RES 4 25 2D Pencil Probe Image Quality Test Aa 4 25 System Turnover Checklist uoc es diia WG dc GD C NP PET WG Ee ees 4 26 Software Configuration Checks 2222 00 ee eee eee eee eee 4 26 cOCINOO a NG is ie bee ee 48 gla RE EIA Se AEE ee 4 33 xi Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL CHAPTER 5 Components and Function Theory 8 7 1 aaa 5 1 Purpose of Chapter B suas uod dee eod ed ee heeded oe ec Gc o 5 1 General InformatioM s s as ke E aid aO Red ues ex edm de edagen UR rA COR em eR RR EUR ER 5 2 Block DIGGING oes 3 anc APA O
125. al units must be kept as part of the original system documentation This will ensure that all relevant safety and user information is available during the operation and service of the complete system 1 Verify that all details have been entered in the System Installation Details form as described in the System Installation Details section above If this form has not been completed enter the details now 2 Locate the Product Locator Installation Card s that are affixed to the monitor and to each of the peripherals and fill in all details on both the front and back of the card s see Figure 3 50 on page 3 77 Note Step 2 may have been completed already by GE personnel The Product Locator Installation Card shown in Figure 3 50 may not be identical to the card s provided 3 76 Section 3 8 Storing and Transporting the Unit Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO ViVID 3 SERVICE MANUAL e GEMS Americas GEMS Europe GEMS Awa Ren Praduer Locator W523 Product Locator OS8 SM Product Localor To PO box 414 283 noa da la Miniben 4 7 127 Asuhigaoka zz ba WE 93201 0414 SOO Bus FRANCE Hino ahi Tokya 191 JAPAN VIVID3 SYSTEM 240V 50HZ 2262846 5 PREPARE FOR OHDEHS IMA DO NOI HAVE amp LOCACION INSTALLATION REPORT JULA8 2001 ENS Cone Fw ob LI kms
126. als Verify that the following packing materials are available All these materials are required to safely package the Vivid 3 ultrasound unit in the wooden shipping crate for shipment by vehicle or any other means Table 3 20 Packaging Materials for the Wooden Shipping Crate Item Description Qty 1 Crate base 1 2 Antistatic sheet 2 2x3m 1 3 Top cover ramp 1 4 Antistatic bag 1 5 Silica gel bag 3 6 Right side wall 1 7 Left side wall 1 8 Front foam 1 9 Back foam 1 10 Keyboard foam 1 11 Back foam top 1 12 Monitor foam 2 13 Front wall 1 14 Rear wall 1 15 Clips Clip lok 32 16 Steel strip 14 17 Shockwatch label 2 18 Fragile label 2 19 Carton box flat 2 20 UP label 2 21 Shipping label 2 22 CE label 1 23 Hand level clip remover 1 24 Press on envelope 2 Chapter 3 Installation 3 69 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 8 5 Cardboard Shipping Carton and Packaging Materials Verify that the following packing materials are available All these materials are required to safely package and transport the Vivid 3 ultrasound unit in the cardboard shipping carton for shipment by vehicle or any other means
127. also be accessed directly from the front of your monitor as described in the mage Quality Calibration for the Vivid 3 15 and 17 Samsung Monitors section page 6 12 On Screen Menu System Your monitor has an on screen menu system accessed by the buttons on the side of the monitor that allows you to adjust characteristics of the screen image Display changes are indicated by on screen adjustment icons Some functions have sub menus PT gt 9 py ng Figure 6 4 Samsung 15 and 17 Monitor On Screen Menu System Chapter 6 Service Adjustments 6 9 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Table 6 10 15 and 17 On Screen Menu Controls and Functions Control Function Opens the On screen menu Also used to exit the menu or return to the previous menu Adjust Button Used to highlight and adjust items in the menu Menu Button Enter Button Used to select the On screen menu Power Button Used to turn ON OFF power to the monitor Light glows green during normal operation Light blinks once as the monitor saves your adjustments Power Indicator NOTE For clarification the numbers appearing in square brackets in the following steps correspond to the numbers shown in Figure 6 4 and Table 6 10 above 1 Pus
128. ance e If errors were identified but the results were marginal perform calibration as described in the Calibration section on page 6 14 and then repeat the test e If errors were identified and the results were not marginal verify that all image port and PCI bridge cables are connected and functioning properly as described in Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory If the problem persists contact your local GE Medical Systems field engineer for assistance 8 When finished trackball to the Cancel button and press Select The FE Diagnostics dialog box is re displayed 7 24 Section 7 3 Performing Front End FE Diagnostics Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 7 3 8 Front Board Assembly FB Diagnostic Tests Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL The FB diagnostics tests check the FB circuits and boards To avoid frequent rebooting of the system these tests must be performed in the sequence described below When performing FB tests out of sequence follow the instructions displayed in the Comment area of the FE Diagnostics dialog box and reboot as required Refer to Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory for additional details about the FB circuits and boards Note Before performing the FB tests make sure that the RFI or IMP VME Bus RFT FEC and BF diagnostic tests have been performe
129. and press Select Trackball to Save Report and press Select and contact a GE Medical Systems service representative e If no errors were identified proceed with the next test e If no errors were identified but the problem persists contact your local GE Medical Systems field engineer for assistance e If errors were identified but the results were marginal perform calibration as described in the Calibration section on page 6 14 and then repeat the test e If errors were identified and the results were not marginal verify that all image port and PCI bridge cables are connected and functioning properly as described in Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory If the problem persists contact your local GE Medical Systems field engineer for assistance 8 Trackball to the Exit button and press Select If required repeat this test with a different pulser Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 37 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 3 8 5 TR Switch Test If a solid line is observed during scanning it may indicate a bad TR switch This test checks the transmit switches 1 Connect a 3S probe and lock it in place Note To avoid irrelevant failure results it is imperative that the probe be in good condition 2 Access the F B tab of the FE Diagnostics
130. ansmit focal zones from different vectors into one vector by weighting the zone transitions and only applies to phased linear array probes where multiple vectors can be collected in the same direction For M Mode peak detection and edge enhancement is implemented 4 Finally in some cases an offset can be added to the signal and clipping is performed Color Flow Processing No Color Flow processing is performed here except for the RF demodulation previously mentioned The data used for Color Flow is tagged with the appropriate headers and tails and sent to the Back End Processor BEP Doppler Data On the RFI board Doppler Data is high pass filtered to remove strong low frequencies returned from wall motion valves and leaflets and then sent to the BEP and to Audio Circuitry on the KB Control Board System Temperature Surveillance The RFI board monitors the temperature in the airflow at the air intake and in the airflow at the air outlet These measurements make it possible to monitor the environmental conditions temperatures for the scanner and prevents overheating Probe Management The RFI board performs the following probe management functions e Controls the selection of a probe connector e Senses the Probe type e Senses the Scan Plane Angle on MPTE and PAMPTE probes e Senses the Probe temperature e Turns OFF the probe if the temperature exceeds the maximum temperature The temperature references are set to 41 3 C an
131. anteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Section 1 6 Customer Assistance 1 6 1 Contact Information Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL If this equipment does not work as indicated in this service manual or in the Vivid 3 Pro Vivid 3 Expert User Manual or if you require additional assistance please contact the local distributor or appropriate support resource as listed below Prepare the following information before you call e System ID and or serial number e Software version Table 1 9 GE Contact Information Location Phone Number USA Canada GE Medical Systems Ultrasound Service Engineering 4855 W Electric Avenue Milwaukee WI 53219 Customer Answer Center Phone Phone 1 800 437 1171 1 800 321 7937 1 800 682 5327 1 262 524 5698 1 414 647 4125 Latin America GE Medical Systems Ultrasound Service Engineering 4855 W Electric Avenue Milwaukee WI 53219 Customer Answer Center Phone Fax 1 262 524 5300 1 262 524 5698 1 414 647 4125 Europe GE Ultraschall Deutschland GmbH amp Co KG BeethovenstraBe 239 Postfach 11 05 60 D 42665 Solingen Germany General Imaging 49 212 2802 207 Cardiac 49 212 2802 208 49 212 2802 431 Asia Singapore Japan GE Ultrasound Asia Service Department Ultrasound 298 Tiong Bahru Road 15 01 06 Central Plaza Singapore 169730 65
132. ard from the Front End Controller Board via the Front End Bus 5 4 7 1 Control The RFT Board has a local DSP with an external EPROM The DSP performs the following control tasks e Handles communication with the BE over the VME Bus and the PCI Bus Updates filter coefficients and other parameters in the data path e When output events are received from the FEC the RFT Board sets up the pipe link to output control for data tagging and transfer During transfer of time motion data the RFT Board creates a time slot data transfer which replaces the output event base transfer RFT Board Baseband etait low pass filtering and decimation Sliders fr Decimation amp Filter Figure 5 17 RFT Processor Board 5 24 Section 5 1 Overview Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 4 8 Image Port Board IMP The function of the Image Port IMP is to receive signals from either the RFT during scanning or the VCR during playback capture them and route them to the Back End Processor BEP via the PC2IP Bus The IMP handles all the communication from the BEP to the Front End Cards and back through the VME Bus see Figure 5 18 below The IMP is used as a connection to the BEP All the instructions to the Front End Crate are sent via the IMP and all the ou
133. are operating and clean Check the BE rear panel connectors for bent pins loose connections and loose or 7 BE Rear Panel missing hardware Screw all the cable connectors tightly to the connector sockets on the panel Verify that the labeling is in good condition Check that all screws are in place all chassis and internal covers are installed and 8 Covers ie that the air filters are in place Check and clean the peripherals in accordance with the manufacturer s directions 9 Peripherals To prevent EMI or system overheating dress the peripheral cables inside the peripheral cover Check the AC board connectors and the associated cabling for good connection 10 AC System h and proper insulation Verify that the connections are secured Check the power cord for cuts loose hardware tire marks exposed insulation or 11 Power Cord any deterioration Verify continuity Tighten the clamps that secure the power cord to the unit and the outlet plug to the cord Replace the power cord and or clamp as required Check that the front castors can swivel and can be placed in swivel lock and full 12 Front Castors lock by the foot brake pedal 13 Rear Castors Check that the rear castors can roll and swivel but cannot lock Chapter 3 Installation Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 3 15 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 P
134. ately 4 minutes Note System re boot is required if the tests are not being performed in the sequence described in the Performing Front End FE Diagnostics section on page 7 5 1 Disconnect all the probes 2 Access the F B tab of the FE Diagnostics dialog box as described in the Accessing the Front Board Assembly Options section on page 7 25 3 Trackball to Pulser 1 High Voltage Power Supply HVPS 80V or Pulser 2 Low Voltage Power Supply LVPS 40V and press Select 4 Trackball to the Receive Test button and press Select The receive test is performed and the test results are displayed in the Report dialog box as shown below Figure 7 19 Report Dialog Box Receive Test 7 34 Section 7 3 Performing Front End FE Diagnostics Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL The Report dialog box contains the following information Test Result Message Displays the test result TR4 Modules Displays a graphic representation of the front board four groups of TR4 sockets Each group consists of four TR4 sockets each socket containing four vectors channels as follows e Each vector is represented by a button highlighted in green that displays the number of the socket to which the TR4 is connected e Each button is highlighted yellow when selected
135. ations This manual covers the Vivid 3 ultrasound units listed in Table 1 2 on page 1 3 and Table 1 3 on page 1 4 1 2 1 2 Icons Pictures or icons are used wherever they will reinforce the printed message The icons labels and conventions used on the product and in the service information are described in this chapter 1 2 1 3 Safety Precaution Messages Various levels of safety precautions are found on the equipment and throughout this service manual Different levels of severity are identified by one of the following icons which precede precautionary statements in the text DANGER Indicates the presence of a hazard that will cause severe personal injury or death if the instructions are ignored WARNING Indicates the presence of a hazard that can cause severe personal injury and property A damage if the instructions are ignored CAUTION Indicates the presence of a hazard that can cause property damage but has absolutely no personal injury risk Note Notes are used to provide important information about an item or a procedure Be sure to read the notes as the information they contain can often save you time or effort 1 6 Section 1 2 Important Conventions Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 1 2 1 4 Standard Hazard Icons Important information will always be preceded by the e
136. aukee WI 53219 USA GE Medical Systems employees should use the iTrak System to report all documentation errors or omissions iv Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo ViviD 3 SERVICE MANUAL LEGAL NOTES The contents of this publication may not be copied or duplicated in any form in whole or in part without prior written permission of GE Medical Systems GE Medical Systems may revise this publication from time to time without written notice TRADEMARKS All products and their name brands are trademarks of their respective holders COPYRIGHTS All Material Copyright 2006 by General Electric Inc All Rights Reserved Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Revision History Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 0 2002 Initial Release 1 April 2002 Second Release 2 November 2002 Third Release 3 September 2003 Fourth Release 4 December 2003 New Breakthrough 5 March 2004 Hardware Modifications Corrections 6 July 2005 Updated System Labels added Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment WEEE Disposal warning Y February 2006 Software Upgrade List of Effected Pages Chapter 2
137. ayed e Ifthe connection cannot be established a red cross is displayed 3 60 Section 3 7 Connectivity Setup GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 6 7 If the connection was successfully established trackball to the Dicom Storage Server line and press Select then trackball to the Check button and press Select If the connection is established a green checkmark is displayed e Ifthe connection cannot be established a red cross is displayed Properties of the DICOM storage server configuration are displayed on the right side of the tab as reference If the connection was successfully established trackball to the Dicom Print line and press Select then trackball to the Check button and press Select e Ifthe connection is established a green checkmark is displayed e Ifthe connection cannot be established a red cross is displayed If all connections were established successfully click OK to exit the configuration procedure If not review the entire procedure to locate the error Chapter 3 Installation 3 61 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 7 5 2 Validating Communication with the Workstation 1 Press the Archive button on the control panel The Patient List window is displayed as
138. be looped and hung on the hook provided DANGER To avoid the risk of fire power to the system must be supplied from a separate A properly rated outlet It is recommended to use a dedicated power outlet The power plug should not under any circumstances be altered to a configuration rated less than that specified for the current DO NOT use an extension cord or adaptor plug Refer to the Electrical Requirements section on page 2 3 for more details 3 32 Section 3 5 Completing the Hardware Installation Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 5 5 3 A NOTICE 3 5 6 3 5 6 1 NOTICE 3 5 6 2 NOTE Disconnecting the Ultrasound Unit from the Electrical Outlet CAUTION Whenever disconnecting the Vivid 3 unit from the electrical outlet always observe the safety precautions First unplug the mains power cable from the wall outlet socket then from the unit itself Remove by pulling on the cable connector DO NOT pull on the cable 1 Turn OFF the AC circuit breaker on the rear of the unit 2 Unplug the mains power cable from the AC wall outlet socket 3 Unplug the mains power cable connector from the AC input socket refer to Figure 3 19 on page 3 32 Disconnecting the Mains Power Cable before switching OFF the Circuit Breaker will activate the uninterrupt
139. ble 3 3 Vivid 3 System Acclimation Time c 60 55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 SE 1402 dat E1222 BN N1047 E969 86 7 G8 159 N E419 322 65232 114 IHI KAN 4 35 222 E31 AO Hrs 8 6 4 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 3 2 Section 3 2 Installation Reminders Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 2 3 Safety Reminders DANGER WHEN USING ANY TEST INSTRUMENT THAT IS CAPABLE OF OPENING THE AC GROUND LINE I E METER S GROUND SWITCH IS OPEN DO NOT TOUCH THE UNIT WARNING Two people are required to unpack the unit as it is heavy Two people are also required whenever a part weighing 19kg 35 Ib or more must be lifted CAUTION If the unit is very cold or hot do NOT turn ON power to the unit until it has had sufficient time to acclimate to its operating environment CAUTION To prevent electrical shock connect the unit to a properly grounded power outlet Do NOT use a three prong to two prong adapter as this defeats safety grounding CAUTION Do NOT wear the ESD wrist strap when you work on live circuits where more than 30 V peak is present CAUTION Do NOT operate the unit unless all board covers and frame panels are securely in place to ensure optimal system performance and coo
140. by the FEC Board e e System master clock generation including clock to IP Transmitter control ATCG control Receive focusing control Analog test signal control Probe sensing Transmit voltage control Control of Front Board switching Temperature sensing for the TEE probes Memory refresh control for the BF Board Provide 40 MHz clock to IP Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 FE Bus P2 Front End Bus System Clock Interface Generator a FB TX RFT Trig Ps A25 gt AGTC VMA Bus Generator Interface FB ATGC P2 B37 i a gt e a CPU P2 D37 enerator FB P B35 XDCCTRL Interface Megan 4 FB Probe CTRL P3 gt El Probe HV Control ID Select All Boards P3 D25 Revision Detect HV Readback P3 D26 evision Detec eadbac VME Bus E B P IP P3 FB P3 FB MJ UN e ly Figure 5 1 Front End Controller Block Diagram Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory 5 23 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 4 7 RF and Tissue Processor Board RFT The RF and Tissue Processor Board RFT receives data from the BF1 Board in the Front End Both types of data samples RF_MODE are communicated to the RFT Bo
141. cation mark Rear of the unit on the main label Al Equipment Type BF man in the box symbol IEC 878 02 03 indicates B Type equipment having even more electrical isolation than standard Type B equipment because it is intended for intimate patient contact Probe connectors PCG connector or Rear of Console Equipment Type CF IEC 878 02 05 indicates equipment having a floating applied part that provides a degree of protection suitable for direct cardiac contact Front of the unit ECG connector and surgical probes CAUTION This machine weighs Special care must be used to avoid This precaution is intended to prevent injury that may be caused by the weight of the machine if one person attempts to move it considerable distances or on an incline Chapter 1 Introduction Used in the Service and User Manual which should be adjacent to equipment at all times for quick reference Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 1 13 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo ViviD 3 SERVICE MANUAL Table 1 7 Product Icons Continued Label Name Description Location DANGER Risk of explosion The system is not designed for use with used in flammable anesthetic gases Nace Hie SEICE Manual CAUTION The equilateral triangle is usually used in combination with other Rear of the
142. cedure a 8 87 BEP2 Power Supply Replacement Procedure 8 90 Hard Disk Replacement Procedure 000 cece ee eens 8 96 Lower Section Components Replacement 0000 cece eee eee 8 99 AC Distribution Box Replacement Procedure 8 99 AC Input Box Replacement Procedure 0 0c eee eee eee 8 101 Keyboard or Monitor Cable Replacement Procedure 8 102 AC BEP or FE Cable Replacement Procedure 8 103 Gas Spring Cable Replacement Procedure 2 2 2 8 104 Up Down Handle Replacement Procedure ellus 8 106 Gas Spring Replacement Procedure cece ee eeeee 8 111 Front Wheel Replacement Procedure lille 8 114 Rear Wheel Replacement Procedure a 8 119 Software Loadihg s paa PRETI TP 8 121 Software Installation Upgrade Procedure aa 8 121 PenpheralS M paaa BASED oe PAA AA e a BANGA PUN NLA KAMA eee eae KPAG 8 123 B W Video Printer Replacement Procedure 8 123 Mitsubishi VCR Replacement Procedure a 8 128 Sony VCR Replacement Procedure 0c eee eee eeee 8 136 JVC VCR Replacement Procedure 0 000 eee 8 141 Panasonic VCR Replacement Procedure lll 8 151 Sony UP 2950 MD amp 2800P Color Video Printer Replacement Procedure 8 156 Sony UP 21MD Color
143. cho Server GEMNet Server EchoPac PC Name AE Title Scanner IP Settings IP Address Name AE Title Subnet Mask IP Address Default Gateway Subnet Mask Server Name Default Gateway Remote DB User Name Services Destination Devices Device Type Manufacturer IP Address AE Title ANOaABKRWDND Figure 2 2 Connectivity Installation Worksheet Chapter 2 Pre Installation 2 11 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Table 2 6 Pre Installation Check List Action Schedule at least 3 hours for installation of the system Notify installation team of the existence of any variances from the basic installation Make sure system and probes have been subject to acclimation period Environmental cooling is sufficient Lighting is adjustable to adapt to varying operational conditions of the scanner Electrical facilities meet system requirements EMI precautions have been taken and all possible sources of interference have been rem
144. choDatabaee v3 I ncalnnB int Hn Mons s Fenonatanase vin ON LocalDD Int HD CDR Ra Database v3 0 ODDC MPEGvueCDR Network Drive py WMP Upgrade Tik Figure 3 35 Setting up Remote Server for MPEGvue 6 When done trackball to the OK button and press Select 7 Trackball to the OK button and press Select 3 54 Section 3 7 Connectivity Setup Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 7 4 Setting Up the Network Connection 1 Press Config on the alphanumeric keyboard The System Configuration window is displayed 2 Trackball to the Connectivity tab and press Select The Connectivity tab is displayed with the Views subsidiary tab selected by default as shown below Figure 3 36 Connectivity Tab 3 Trackball to the SERVICE button at the bottom of the Views tab and press Select The following dialog box is displayed Figure 3 37 Password Request Dialog Box 4 Enter the password geulsservice and then trackball to the OK button and press Select Chapter 3 Installation 3 55 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 Trackball to the Local Settings tab and press Select The Local Settings tab is displayed as shown below figuration for Default otor Group Default Figure 3 38 Loca
145. cm 2 5 ft in width The proposed location for the unit is at least 0 3 m 1 ft from the walls to enable cooling Power outlets for other medical equipment and gel warmer Power outlets for test equipment within 1 m 3 3 ft of the ultrasound unit Clean and protected space for storage of probes either in their case or on a rack Material to safely clean probes In the case of a network option An active network outlet in the vicinity of the ultrasound unit Anetwork cable of appropriate length regular Pin to Pin network cable An IT administrator who will assist in configuring the unit to work with your local network A fixed IP address is required Refer to the form provided in Figure 2 2 on page 2 11 for network details that are required Note All relevant preliminary network outlets installations at the prepared site must be performed by authorized contractors The purchaser of GE equipment must utilize only qualified personnel to perform servicing of the equipment 2 3 3 Site Recommendations The following are optional site recommendations Mandatory site requirements are provided in the Mandatory Site Requirements section above A door opening of 92 cm 3 ft in width An accessible circuit breaker for a dedicated power outlet A sink with hot and cold running water A receptacle for bio hazardous waste for example used probe sheaths An emergency oxygen supply A storage area for linens and equipment A nea
146. composite color video output PAL or NTSC 7 AUDIO IN RIGHT RCA jack 8 AUDIO IN LEFT RCA jack 9 AUDIO OUT RIGHT RCA jack 10 AUDIO OUT LEFT RCA jack 11 MIC Microphone input 42 PRINT TRIG SUD REM control of a multi imager or another peripheral Chapter 3 Installation 3 25 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivipb 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 5 2 2 Connecting the VCR 1 Place the VCR on the peripheral tray and connect the following Table 3 11 VCR Cables From the VCR To the Left Panel DIP on VCR Right Panel S Video IN S Video OUT Y C OUT 1 4 OFF down S Video OUT S Video IN Y C OUT 5 6 ON up Audio IN Audio OUT Audio OUT Audio IN BE Control RS 232 VCR RS 232 1 2 Install the VCR according to the VCR installation schematics see Figure 8 159 on page 8 161 3 After connecting the remaining peripherals and switching the system on configure the VCR settings as described in the VCR ECG Tab section on page 3 45 For more details about peripherals installation refer to the Vivid 3 Peripherals Installation Manual 3 5 2 3 Connecting the Black amp White Printer 1 Place the printer on the peripheral tray and connect the following cables as shown in Table 3 12 Table 3 12 Black amp White Printer Cables From the Printer T
147. connected and functioning properly as described in Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory If the problem persists contact your local GE Medical Systems field engineer for assistance 4 Reboot the system 7 46 Section 7 3 Performing Front End FE Diagnostics Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 3 9 MUX Diagnostic Tests NOTE The Select Socket and Select Supply options are not relevant for this test 7 3 9 1 Accessing the MUX Diagnostic Test Options 1 Access the FE Diagnostics dialog box as described in the Accessing the Front End Diagnostic Options section on page 7 6 2 Inthe FE Diagnostics dialog box trackball to the MUX tab and press Select OR Trackball to the MUX button in the Data Flow Maps and press Select The MUX tab is displayed as shown in Figure 7 26 or Figure 7 27 below Data Flow Map Test Description Area Test Area Comment Area Tabs Figure 7 26 MUX Tab FE Diagnostics Dialog Box RFI Configuration Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 47 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Data Flow Map Test Description Area Test Area Comment Area
148. ct Trackball to the Mark bad channel checkbox and press Select Trackball to Save Report and press Select and contact a GE Medical Systems service representative e If no errors were identified proceed with the next test e If no errors were identified but the problem persists contact your local GE Medical Systems field engineer for assistance e If errors were identified but the results were marginal perform calibration as described in the Calibration section on page 6 14 and then repeat the test e If errors were identified and the results were not marginal verify that all image port and PCI bridge cables are connected and functioning properly as described in Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory If the problem persists contact your local GE Medical Systems field engineer for assistance 9 Trackball to the Exit button and press Select If required repeat this test with a different pulser Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 33 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 3 8 4 Receive Test The Receive Test checks each amplifier output against the predefined output level This system test is performed in Phased Array Probe Simulation mode The FEC board injects analog signals to the Tx amplifiers inputs after the Tx switch The test lasts approxim
149. d as described beginning on page 7 13 If the FB tests are performed without first performing these tests and errors are identified you must perform the following tests in the order listed to ensure that the FB is in fact the source of the error For Systems with RFI Configuration For Systems with RFT Configuration MUX Diagnostic Test Beamformer BF Diagnostic Test Radio Frequency Interface RFI Diagnostic Test 7 3 8 1 Accessing the Front Board Assembly Options MUX Diagnostic Test Beamformer BF Diagnostic Test Front End Controller FEC Diagnostic Test RFT Diagnostic Test VME Bus Diagnostic Test Image Port IMP Diagnostic Test 1 Access the FE Diagnostics dialog box as described in the Accessing the Front End Diagnostic Options section on page 7 6 2 Inthe FE Diagnostics dialog box trackball to the F B tab and press Select OR Trackball to the F B button in the Data Flow Maps and press Select The F B tab is displayed as shown in Figure 7 14 on page 7 26 or Figure 7 15 on page 7 27 Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 25 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Data Flow Map Test Description Area Test Area Comment Area Tabs Figure 7 14 F B Tab FE Diagnostics Dialog Box RFI Configuration 7 26 S
150. d 43 0 C Turns OFF the probe if the temperature reading falls below minimum temperature The minimum temperature references is set to15 C A temperature reading as low as 15 C indicates a probe temperature sensing error Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory 5 21 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 4 5 10 TX Power Supply Management The TX Power supply has two separate voltage outputs as follows TX Power Supply 1 TX1 generates voltage levels for pulsed TX operations TX Power Supply 2 TX2 generates voltage levels for both pulsed and CW operations The RFI sets the voltage level for the two TX Power Supply outputs 7X7 and TX2 and also measures the voltage levels and current drain from the two TX outputs If any of the values exceed the limit for a given mode the RFI will turn OFF power to the probe 5 22 Section 5 1 Overview Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 5 4 6 Front End Controller Board FEC RFT The Front End Controller FEC Board controls other boards in the Front End Crate The control is done through a synchronous and bidirectional Bus called the Front End Bus The following tasks are performed
151. d 6 for the right speaker at a variety of frequencies Repeat steps 3 through 7 for the left speaker When you are finished trackball to the Close button and press Select 7 70 Section 7 4 Performing Back End Diagnostics on the System Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 4 3 ECG Phono Diagnostic Test The ECG and Phono tests enable you to check the output of the ECG and Phono options 7 4 3 1 ECG Diagnostic Test 1 Note 2 3 Connect the internal ECG input to yourself or to an appropriate ECG simulator using the cable set and electrode pads The external ECG can also be tested when the electrodes are connected to yourself or to an appropriate ECG simulator In this case select the External ECG radio button in the TestECGDevice dialog box Access the HW Diagnostics menu as described in the Accessing the Back End Diagnostic Options section on page 7 68 Trackball to the ECG Phono button and press Select The TestECGDevice dialog box is displayed as shown below Figure 7 47 Test ECG Device Dialog Box In the Select trace area trackball to the Internal ECG radio button and press Select Trackball to the Open Device button and press Select The ECG signal is displayed in the Data area Verify that a single clear QRS signal is displayed
152. d E in Figure 3 3 below from the wooden crate SPACE FOR OPTIONAL SPACE FOR OPTIONAL PERIPHERALS IN E 3 X15 CRIGINAL PACKING r t i PERIPHERALS IN ORIGINAL PACKING p PO SPACE FOR PROBES al IN ORIGINAL CASES E o A A AA las Figure 3 3 Probes and Peripherals in Original Packaging 5 Remove the console control support back foam item 11 in Figure 3 3 above 6 Remove the keyboard support foam located in front of the keyboard item 10 in Figure 3 3 above 7 Remove the back support foam located in front of the rear wheels item 9 in Figure 3 3 above 8 Remove the top cover by opening the six clips fastening it to the right and left walls For details on opening the clips refer to Section 3 3 1 1 on page 3 4 9 Remove the right wall item 6 and the left wall item 7 by opening the three clips fastening each to the base 10 Cut and remove the antistatic sheet item 2 in Figure 3 4 below that is wrapped around the unit taking care not to damage the antistatic cover 11 Remove the antistatic cover item 4 in Figure 3 4 3 6 Section 3 3 Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 12 Remove the two monitor foam supports item 12 in Figure 3 4 located one on each side of the monitor
153. d functional explanations of the electronic circuits e Chapter 6 Service Adjustments Contains instructions for performing service adjustments to the Vivid 3 ultrasound unit Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting Provides instructions for setting up and running diagnostic troubleshooting and other related routines for the Vivid 3 ultrasound unit Chapter 1 Introduction 1 1 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures Provides disassembly and reassembly procedures for all Field Replaceable Units FRUs Chapter 9 Renewal Parts Contains a complete list of field replaceable parts for the Vivid 3 ultrasound unit Chapter 10 Periodic Maintenance Provides periodic maintenance procedures for the Vivid 3 ultrasound unit 1 1 3 Typical Users of the Basic Service Manual This manual is intended for the following categories of users e GE service personnel installation maintenance etc Hospital service personnel e Contractors some parts of Chapter 2 Pre Installation 1 2 Section 1 1 Overview Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo ViviD 3 SERVICE MANUAL 1 1 4 Vivid 3 M
154. d in the Front End Controller FEC Diagnostic Tests for RFT Configuration section on page 7 19 fno problems were identified but the problem persists contact your local GE Medical Systems field engineer for assistance e If errors were identified but the results were marginal perform calibration as described in the Calibration section on page 6 14 and then repeat the RFT test e If errors were identified and the results were not marginal verify that all image port and PCI bridge cables are connected and functioning properly as described in Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory If the problem persists contact your local GE Medical Systems field engineer for assistance 7 18 Section 7 3 Performing Front End FE Diagnostics Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 7 3 6 Note Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Front End Controller FEC Diagnostic Tests for RFT Configuration The FEC diagnostic tests include the following e e Board Test General board test which activates the remaining tests sequentially Each of these tests can also be performed individually Self Test An FEC self test generated by the DSP on the FEC board BF Cache Test Checks the access to the BF cache memory that stores the data for the focuser TEE Temp Test Checks the TEE probe temperature sens
155. d receives signals The test has two phases namely Open jumper test and Closed jumper test 1 Connect the 10L 739L probe and lock it in place Note To avoid irrelevant failure results it is imperative that only this probe is used and that it be in good condition 2 Access the F B tab of the FE Diagnostics dialog box as described in the Accessing the Front Board Assembly Options section on page 7 25 3 Inthe Select Socket area of the F B tab trackball to the socket to which the 10L probe is connected e Trackball to Left Right or Center and press Select 4 Trackball to Pulser 1 High Voltage Power Supply HVPS 80V or Pulser 2 Low Voltage Power Supply LVPS 40V and press Select 5 Trackball to the FLA Jumper Test button and press Select The open FLA jumper test is performed and the test results are displayed in the Report dialog box as shown below Figure 7 17 Report Dialog Box Open FLA Jumper Test 7 30 Section 7 3 Performing Front End FE Diagnostics Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL The Report dialog box contains the following information Test Result Message Displays the test result FB Elements Displays a graphic representation of the front board elements as follows e Each element is represented by a button highlighted
156. d technicians on staff Sell your excess underutilized and idle used equipment TENS OF THOUSANDS OF at our full service in house repair center We also offer credit for buy backs and trade ins IN STOCK ITEMS www artisantg com WeBuyEquipment EQUIPMENT DEMOS HUNDREDS OF Instra REMOTE INSPECTION LOOKING FOR MORE INFORMATION MANUFACTURERS Remotely inspect equipment before purchasing with Visit us on the web at www artisantg com 7 for more our interactive website at www instraview com information on price quotations drivers technical LEASING MONTHLY specifications manuals and documentation RENTALS ITAR CERTIFIED naia ala aed Contact us 388 88 SOURCE sales artisantg com www artisantg com
157. d to the Vivid 3 Pro 03 as was the case for Pro 02 The Vivid 3 Pro and Vivid 3 are the same generation of products but differ in their functionality enabling customers to receive some of the advanced Vivid 3 features With minor software and hardware modifications the Vivid 3 Pro can be upgraded to the Vivid 3 refer to Table 1 4 Table 1 4 Vivid 3 Upgrade Options Available Upgrade Comments H45011BA BTOO to BTOO Pro upgrade H45011BP BTOO to BTOO Pro upgrade for P509 probe H45011BC Platform upgrade from Vivid 3 BTO1 Pro to Expert H45011DL BTOO to Pro 02 upgrade H45011DM BTOO Pro to Pro 02 upgrade H45011DR BTO1 Pro to Pro 02 upgrade H45011DS BT01 Expert to Expert 02 upgrade H45011FB BTO1 BTO2 Pro to BTO3 Upgrade New H45011FC BTO1 BTO2 Expert to BTO3 Upgrade New H45011BN 3rd Probe Connector for Vivid 3 system field upgrade New H45011MK 17 Monitor field upgrade New Purpose of Operator Manual s The Operator Manual s should be fully read and understood before operating the Vivid 3 system and also kept near the unit for quick reference Chapter 1 Introduction 1 5 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 1 2 Important Conventions 1 2 1 Conventions Used in this Manual 1 2 1 1 Model Design
158. e The Vivid 3 ultrasound unit is packed in a wooden shipping crate comprising various sections These have rebated joints which are fastened together with 32 Clip lok clips that fit into slots The sections are as follows Case base e Left wall Right wall e Front wall Rear wall e Top cover ramp To ease the identity of the wooden crate sections there are red marks on the inner surface of the base the left wall and rear wall When the case parts are joined correctly the three red marks should appear next to each other in one corner The top cover has also a red mark that should be facing downwards in the corner where the other three marks meet Always insert the short leg of a clip in the appropriate slot first and then using the heel of your hand insert the long leg of the clip into the slot located on the part being joined 1 Place the right wall item 6 vertically along the right side of the crate base and secure it to the base using three clips item 15 2 Place the left wall item 7 vertically along the left side of the case base and secure it to the case base using three clips item 15 3 Place the wooden cover item 3 on top of the right and left side walls and fasten it with three clips item 15 to each of the side walls Insert the front support foam item 8 in front of the front wheels Place the back support foam item 9 in front of the rear wheels 6 Place the keyboard support foam
159. e there is an error in dataflow communication 3 Begin an exam for a new patient and store some images The storage process will take longer as each loop is now stored in both raw data and DICOM format 4 Begin an exam for a new patient Once the second patient is active the first patient s exam is closed and sent to the spooler to be sent over the network 5 Press lt Ctrl S gt to view the status of the spooler as described on page 3 63 Chapter 3 Installation 3 67 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 8 Storing and Transporting the Unit The Vivid 3 ultrasound unit weighs up to 160 kg 353 Ibs depending on the configuration To avoid equipment damage and ensure maximum safety while transporting or moving the unit the following precautions are recommended Before moving prepare the unit as described in the Preparing the Unit for Transport section below e While moving the unit follow all safety precautions as described in the Safety Precautions for Moving the Vivid 3 Unit section below e When transporting the unit by vehicle or shipping by air or any other means e Pack the unit in the original packing as described in the Packing the Unit into the Wooden Shipping Crate section on page 3 71 orthe Packing the Unit in the Cardboard Sh
160. e 7 65 7 3 9 2 Normal Channels Diagnostic Tests Tests the output channels from the input channels This test setting is used for all modes except CW Mode The Normal Channels Diagnostic Tests check each amplifier output against the predefined output level This system test is performed in Phased Array Probe Simulation mode The FEC board injects analog signals to the Tx amplifiers inputs after the Tx switch The test lasts approximately 4 minutes Note System re boot is required if the tests are not being performed in the sequence described in the Performing Front End FE Diagnostics section on page 7 5 1 Disconnect all the probes 2 Access the F B tab of the FE Diagnostics dialog box as described in the Accessing the Front Board Assembly Options section on page 7 25 3 Trackball to Pulser 1 High Voltage Power Supply HVPS 80V or Pulser 2 Low Voltage Power Supply LVPS 40V and press Select Trackball to the Normal Channels Test button and press Select The normal channels diagnostic test is performed and the test results are displayed in the Report dialog box as shown below Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 49 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo ViviD 3 SERVICE MANUAL Figure 7 28 Normal Channels Diagnostic Test 7 50 Section 7 3 Performing Front End
161. e Advanced System Tests options are displayed as shown in Figure 7 34 on page 7 58 Figure 7 34 MUX Advanced System Tests Options 3 Select the radio button next to the appropriate socket 4 Trackball to the TEE Probe Control button and press Select The TEE Probe Test dialog box is displayed as shown in Figure 7 35 with all the probe settings 7 58 Section 7 3 Performing Front End FE Diagnostics Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivipb 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Figure 7 35 TEE Probe Test Dialog Box 5 Verify the test results and then trackball to the OK button and press Select Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 59 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivio 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 3 9 6 2 AC Power Input Test The AC power input test measures the AC input voltage deviation from the nominal input voltage accuracy by percentage 1 Access the MUX tab of the FB Diagnostics dialog box as described in the Accessing the MUX Diagnostic Test Options section on page 7 47 2 Trackball to the Advanced board tests button and press Select The Advanced System Tests options are displayed as shown in Figure 7 34 on page 7 58 3 Trackball to the
162. e Contents on page 3 13 3 12 Section 3 3 Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 4 Preparing for Installation 3 4 1 Confirming Customer Order When preparing for installation of a Vivid 3 system it is important to verify that all items ordered by the customer have been received Compare all items listed on the packing slip shipping consignment note with those received and report any items that are missing back ordered or damaged to your GE Medical Systems sales representative 3 4 2 Verifying the Shipping Crate Contents The following sections list the contents of the shipping crate or shipping carton Ensure that all components are present before completing the installation 3 4 2 1 External Cables The ECG cable item number 10 or 11 is supplied according to installation location Table 3 4 Vivid 3 External Cables Item Number Description Quantity 2269430 PWR CORD MALE FEMALE 10A V 0 60M PERIPHERALS 2266746 AUDIO IN EXT CABLE 2266745 AUDIO OUT EXT CABLE 2266744 VIDEO OUT EXT CABLE 2266743 VIDEO IN EXT CBL 2266742 RS232 D25 TO D9 CBL 2253080 B W PRINT TRIGGER CABLE 2253079 B W VIDEO CABLE 2300857 PRINTER POWER CABLE 2256477 ECG CABLES FOR AM
163. e contents of the shipping crate shipping carton for damage If any parts are damaged or missing contact an authorized GE Service Representative A Damage Inspection Checklist is provided in Table 3 6 on page 3 15 3 14 Section 3 4 Preparing for Installation Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Table 3 6 Damage Inspection Checklist v Step Item Recommended Procedure 1 Cons le Verify that the system is switched OFF and unplugged Clean the console and control panel 2 Probe Holders Clean the gel wells with warm water and a damp cloth to remove all traces of gel 3 Control Panel Physically inspect the control panel for missing or damaged items Verify the proper illumination of all the control panel buttons Check all probes for wear and tear on the lens cable and connector Look for bent 4 Probes or damaged pins on the connector and in the connector socket on the unit Verify that the EMI fingers around the probe connector socket housing are intact Check the probe locking mechanism and probe switch 5 Monitor Clean the CRT with a soft cloth dampened with water Repeat using only water and wipe with a dry cloth Inspect the monitor for scratches and raster burn 6 Fans Verify that the FE crate cooling fans BE fan and peripheral fans
164. e display is tilted left or right Adjust the side pin corner correction when the top or bottom of the display is too large or small HH Chapter 6 Service Adjustments 6 11 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 6 7 Image Quality Calibration The monitor s image quality settings may need periodic adjustment due to changes in ambient light They can be adjusted using the Contrast and Brightness buttons on the front or side of the display monitor As the image quality settings are often adjusted it is recommended to check and if necessary recalibrate these settings on a regular basis Note When the monitor is too dark and the user attempts to compensate by raising the total gain higher than normal the resulting image quality may not be optimal All display monitor controls other than the contrast and brightness controls are factory adjusted for optimum settings and usually do not require further adjustment The service representative adjusts the display monitor to the user s preference To adjust controls independently see the appropriate section below 6 7 1 Image Quality Calibration for the Vivid 3 15 and 17 Samsung Monitors NOTE The information in this section relates to the new type Samsung monitors as follows e Samsung 15 Moni
165. e of the warmth of the image colors lk The available range is between 5000 to 9300K 6 10 Section 6 6 Monitor Operation Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Table 6 11 Vivid 3 15 and 17 Monitor Controls and Functions Control Function D Adjust the monitor color setting Red D Adjust the monitor color setting Green Adjust the monitor color setting Blue When you adjust the Brightness and Contrast after SRGB mode is selected SRGB mode exits Follow these instructions to adjust the horizontal position of the monitor s entire display Follow these instructions to adjust the vertical position of the monitor s entire display Follow these instructions to adjust the horizontal size of the monitor s entire display Follow these instructions to adjust the vertical size of the monitor s entire display Adjust the pincushion setting when the sides of the display are bowed in or bowed out Adjust the pinbalance setting when the sides of the display are bowed towards the left or right Adjust the trapezoid setting when the top or bottom of the display is too large or small HEB BIB L9 Adjust the parallelogram setting when the display is leaning left or right Q Adjust the rotation setting when the entir
166. e one of them is selected and connected to the transmitter TX and receiver RX through a number of relays Depending on probe type and system setup a certain scan pattern is selected on the FEC or RFI board This board loads scan parameters for both the transmitter and the beamformer steering and focusing delays into local RAM on these boards Thus when the FEC or RFI board goes through a scan sequence it loads the proper contents of the RAM into the Transmitter Pulse Generator TPG then issues a transmit trigger pulse TXTRIG_L for the transmitter and a receive synchronization pulse SYNC_L for the beamformer By firing the transmit pulses from the different elements at certain repeated time intervals and with different delays the ultrasound beam can be steered in desired directions re principles of operation obtaining the selected scan patterns for example 2D 2D Flow etc The ultrasound transmit bursts are generated on the Front board FB initiated by the transmit trigger pulse TXTRIG_L The transmit trigger starts the Transmit Pulse Generators TPG on the FB each generating 16 transmit pulses with different delays The transmit pulses are then routed to separate transmit amplifiers fed with voltage HV1 and HV2 witch are controlled by the Acoustic Power control software The transmit pulses are routed over TR4 boards located on the Front board FB where they are fed to the selected one out of three phased lin
167. e peripherals and switching the system on configure the footswitch as described in System Tab on page 3 36 3 22 Section 3 5 Completing the Hardware Installation Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 5 2 Note 3 5 2 1 Note Connecting Peripherals Peripheral devices such as a VCR or printer are connected to the Vivid 3 ultrasound unit using the rear panel connectors Ensure that all peripheral devices connected to the ultrasound unit comply with national safety requirements for medical equipment including IEC601 CSA22 2 AS3200 1 and UL544 The Vivid 3 ultrasound unit can operate with one or more of the following types of on board peripherals e VCR Black amp White B W Printer e Color Printer Deskjet Color Printer HP6122 Each of the peripherals have European and US versions For a complete list of recommended peripherals refer to the Vivid 3 Pro Vivid 3 Expert User Manual For information for each peripheral device refer to the manufacturer s manual On board peripherals must be connected to one of the two available auxiliary power supplies on the right rear panel The total load on both auxiliary AC outlets should not exceed 500 VA This means 8 Amp 100 120V AC or 4 Amp 220 240V AC Voltages are set according to local coun
168. e that the special Medical Microphone is required Perform the Phono diagnostic test as described in the ECG Phono Diagnostic Test on page 7 71 Use your finger to click tap the microphone Verify that the waveform on the screen corresponds to the microphone clicks Chapter 4 Functional Checks 4 7 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 4 3 Magneto Optical Drive MOD Test Table 4 15 MOD Test Step Task Expected Result s Restart the system performing a full shutdown and During the boot up process verify that the messages 1 bootup as described in the Power ON OFF and Boot up SCSI Adaptor Installation 2271149 2INS and MO are Tests on page 4 2 displayed 2 Insert a new MO Media Sony EDM 2300B 2 3G into the MOD Press Ctrl F11 or Alt D on the keyboard and select Lo ga 3 lt Back End gt Media Driver and MO as appropriate The UUIMGSIAApp Giel ig Doe Is displayed 4 Select tha IsMediaAcces button The message Media in drive G is accessible is displayed The message Media is outside is displayed Check 5 Select the EjectMO button that the media has actually been ejected 6 Select the LoadMO button The message Media is inside is displayed Check
169. e the facility has been prepared in accordance with the information provided in Chapter 2 Pre Installation For easy reference the physical specifications of the Vivid 3 ultrasound unit are shown in Table 3 8 below Table 3 8 Vivid 3 Physical Specifications Metric Imperial Measurement Specifications Specifications Height with monitor 131 145 cm 51 6 57 1 in Width 62 5 cm 25in 112 cm 44 in Depth 100 cm without rear handle 40 in without rear handle Weight 160 kg 353lbs When moving the system always adhere to the following the precautions CAUTION At least two people must be available to deliver and unpack the Vivid 3 ultrasound unit Attempts to move the unit considerable distances or on an incline by one person alone could result in personal injury and or damage to the system CAUTION The Vivid 3 weighs 160 kg 353 Ibs or more depending on installed peripherals when ready for use Care must be used when moving it or replacing its parts Failure to follow the precautions listed could result in injury uncontrolled motion and costly damage ALWAYS Be sure the pathway is clear Use slow careful motions Use two people when moving the system on inclines or lifting more than 16 kg 35 Ibs Connecting the Footswitch 1 Connect the triple footswitch to the Footswitch input on the left side of the front panel as shown in Figure 3 8 on page 3 11 2 After connecting th
170. ear array probe The reflected signal from body structures and blood cells are routed from the probe via the Front board over the TR4 boards where pre amplification 20dB and Analog Time Gain Compensation ATGC 10 30 dB is performed Gain is determined by an analog signal ATGC generated by the FEC or RFI board At the input to the Front board are transmit receive T R switches to prevent the transmitters from destroying the receivers Prior to pre amplification the signals from the different channels were also fed through relays This provides the possibility to route echoes from annular array probes into the receiver in addition to injecting a test signal TSIG The output channels from the TR4 boards are fed to the MUX board via one Beamformer 64 board The Beamformer board performs A D conversion of 64 channels The Front End Controller board controls all Front End boards on systems with the RFT configuration The board loads all parameters to the FB MUX and Beamformer RAMs it reads the probe identification selects probe connector on TR4 boards and controls the high voltage multiplexer in linear probes In addition the board generates the following a transmit trigger pulse for TRA a receive synchronization pulse SYNC_L used by Beamformers and RF amp Tissue Processor a differential ATGC voltage used by TR4 and control signals for the High Voltage Power Supply HVPS system master clock generator 40 MHz
171. ecks Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 25 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 4 5 System Turnover Checklist Before returning the Vivid 3 ultrasound scanner to regular operational use the System Configuration settings should be checked In 2D Mode press Config on the keyboard and check the settings in accordance with those listed in Table 4 42 below referring also to Figure 4 1 through Figure 4 6 NOTE The figures in this section Figure 4 1 through Figure 4 6 show example configurations and should be used for reference only as each site has its own specific settings 4 5 1 Software Configuration Checks Table 4 42 Software Configuration Checklist Step Task Check 1 Check the date and time settings 2 Check the language settings 3 Ensure that all of the options are configured correctly 4 Ensure that the hospital details are configured correctly 5 Ensure that the VCR and ECG are configured as required for the specific site and country 6 Ensure that the measurement units are configured as required for the specific site and country 7 Ensure that the connectivity network settings have not been modified and are configured as required for the specific site 4 26 Section 4 5 System Turnover Checklist Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentati
172. ection 7 3 Performing Front End FE Diagnostics Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Data Flow Map Test Description Area Test Area Comment Area Tabs Figure 7 15 F B Tab FE Diagnostics Dialog Box RFT Configuration 3 Trackball to the following buttons in the order shown and press Select Transmit Test Checks the FE pulsers via the probe elements as described in the Transmit Test section on page 7 28 Receive Test Tests each amplifier output against the predefined output level as described in the Receive Test section on page 7 34 TR Switch Test Checks the transmit switches as described in the TR Switch Test section on page 7 38 FLA Jumper Test Checks the jumpers that connect the side elements to the center elements as described in the FLA Jumper Switch section on page 7 30 Pencil Probe Test Checks the transmitting channels associated relays to the pencil probe port as described in the Pencil Probe Test section on page 7 40 Port Test Checks general logic control and ports logic as described in Port Test section on page 7 44 RAM Test Checks the RAM that stores the delays for the transmitted ultrasound signals to the form focal beam as described in the RAM Test section on page 7 45 Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 27
173. ed Result s Select the Abdomen preset from the 1 Abdomen preset options and set the 2D Gain to 90 al ULS Image Activate PW Mode and set the following PW parameters 2 PW Gate Gain 70 SV 3mm V essel PW Artifacts Test Position 2 Position 1 min peo Back Back __ v kB cm Y m 4 Place the 739L probe on the RMI1425A Tm Phantom top view A Front Front A Top View 4 Place the sample volume in the center of the Ensure that the flow looks clear the noise area is dark and that vessel there are no flash strikes or other artifacts 5 Move the sample volume to differentlocations Ensure that the flow looks clear the noise area is dark and that along the vessel there are no flash strikes or other artifacts PW HPRF Artifacts Test 6 Increase the velocity range to MAX 7 Place the 739L probe on the Phantom top View A 8 Place the sample volume in the center of the Ensure that the flow looks clear the noise area is dark and that vessel there are no flash strikes or other artifacts 9 Move the sample volume to different locations Ensure that the flow looks clear the noise area is dark and that along the vessel there are no flash strikes or other artifacts 4 24 Section 4 4 Image Testing 2D M CFM Doppler Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 4 4 5 4 4 5 1 NOTE 4 4 5 2 4 4 6 4 4
174. eee 10 30 xxii Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Chapter 1 Introduction Section 1 1 Overview 1 1 1 Purpose of Chapter 1 This chapter describes important issues related to safely servicing the Vivid 3 scanner The service provider must read and understand all the information presented here before installing or servicing a unit Table 1 1 Contents in Chapter 1 Section Description Page Number 1 1 Overview 1 1 1 2 Important Conventions 1 6 1 4 Product Labels and Icons 1 11 1 3 Safety Considerations 1 8 1 5 EMC EMI and ESD 1 25 1 6 Customer Assistance 1 27 1 1 2 Purpose of Service Manual This manual provides installation and service information for the Vivid 3 ultrasound unit and contains the following chapters Chapter 1 Introduction Contains a content summary and warnings Chapter 2 Pre Installation Contains pre installation requirements for the Vivid 3 ultrasound unit Chapter 3 Installation Contains installation procedures and an installation checklist Chapter 4 Functional Checks Contains functional checks that are recommended as part of the installation procedure or as required during servicing and periodic maintenance Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory Contains block diagrams an
175. empt to connect additional peripherals using an external wall outlet 3 THERMAL CIRCUIT BREAKERS Three 4A thermal circuit breakers for fuse protection 4 NETWORK For the network connection 5 MODEM For use with the service platform iLinq 6 RS 232 2 Not in use 7 USB For GE Service usage only not for external USB devices 8 PARALLEL PORT 25 pin connector for use with the external peripherals 3 24 Section 3 5 Completing the Hardware Installation Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 3 5 2 1 2 Left Rear Panel Connectors Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Table 3 10 describes the connectors included in the left rear panel shown in Figure 3 16 Co PRINT THO 9 lel Figure 3 16 Left Rear Panel Connectors Table 3 10 Left Rear Panel Connectors Name Description 1 VCR RS 232 1 One standard 9 pin RS232 1 connector for VCR control COM 1 2 S VIDEO OUT Y C Video Out 4 pin connector for output to an S VHS VCR 3 S VIDEO IN Y C Video In 4 pin connector for input from an S VHS VCR 4 VIDEO OUT B W BNC connector for composite B W video output to a hard copy printer 5 VIDEO OUT 1 BNC connector for composite color video output PAL or NTSC 6 VIDEO OUT2 BNC connector for
176. en turning it towards yourself 15 Press the brake pedal to the middle position to unlock the wheels 16 Turn the front wheels inwards and parallel to the unit and then press the brake to the right to lock the swivel movement 17 Using the ultrasound unit s front handle push the unit over the ramp on top of the antistatic sheet until the unit is stopped by the rear hook item D located at the far end of the wooden platform 18 Lock the front stopper pin by turning the pin to a vertical position and then sliding the sleeve downwards 19 Press the brake pedal to the left to lock the unit s wheels 20 Place three Silica gel bags item 7 on the platform in the space under the unit 21 Press the release grip located under the center of the front handle and raise the control console monitor by pulling it upwards 22 Cover the two cartons item 8 containing the external cables and accessories with antistatic foam and lay them in the space below the control console 3 74 Section 3 8 Storing and Transporting the Unit Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 8 9 23 Lower the control console so that it is pressing on the two cartons and verify that the height from the base of the case to the top of the monitor does not exceed 132cm 52in 24 Put the manual
177. entative immediately In addition mark on the shipping consignment note or packing slip post delivery checklist in the Package column that the Tilt and or Drop indicators show failure VV Feat IN Ge Drop indicators turn Red Tilt indicators turn Red Figure 3 2 Drop and Tilt Indicators It is recommended to keep and store the crate and all other packing materials including the Clip lok clips support foams anti static plastic cover etc in the event that transport or shipment of the unit to a different location will be required in the future Chapter 3 Installation 3 5 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo ViviD 3 SERVICE MANUAL CAUTION When using sharp tools to open packing materials take care to avoid cutting or damaging A the contents Note Unless otherwise specified referenced items are shown in Figure 3 1 on page 3 4 1 Cutand remove the three securing steel strips item 16 2 Release the eight Clip lok clips item 15 securing the front wall item 13 and remove the front wall Refer to the procedure described in Section 3 3 1 1 on page 3 4 3 Release the eight Clip lok clips securing the back wall item 14 and remove the back wall 4 Remove the small cartons containing the probes and peripheral options items D an
178. epeat the VME test e If errors were identified and the results were not marginal verify that all image port and PCI bridge cables are connected and functioning properly as described in Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory If the problem persists contact your local GE Medical Systems field engineer for assistance 7 16 Section 7 3 Performing Front End FE Diagnostics Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo ViviD 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 3 5 RFT Diagnostic Tests for RFT Configuration The RFT diagnostic tests include the tests listed below Board Test General RFT board test which activates the remaining tests sequentially Each of these tests can also be performed independently Self Test 1 Short generic board test generated in a local DSP e Self Test 2 High level board test generated in a local DSP Self Test 2 lasts six minutes Note Before performing the RFT test perform the IMP and VME Bus tests as described in the mage Port IMP Diagnostic Tests for RFT Configuration section on page 7 13 and in the VME Bus VME Diagnostic Tests for RFT Configuration section on page 7 15 If the RFT test is performed without first performing these tests and errors are identified you must perform the VME Bus test and then the IMP test to ensure that the RFT board is the source of
179. er failure but rather enables the shutdown of the Back End Processor to Standby Mode and supports Standby Mode while there is no power supply The P amp S battery degrades with time and should be replaced as described in Chapter 10 Periodic Maintenance Network Onboard The Network Onboard enables the Vivid 3 to operate in a standard LAN network EchoPac environment which enables the system to connect to external applications saving or retrieval of data from network residents SCSI Card The SCSI Card supports the operation of the MOD The SCSI Card is situated on the PCI Bus of the CPU and is controlled by the CPU Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory 5 35 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO ViVID 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 5 10 Floppy Drive The Floppy Drive supports basic data retrieval from the Vivid 3 ultrasound unit such as log files export to Microsoft Excel small image files and other service utility operations The floppy drive is controlled by the CPU via signals from the IDE Bus The floppy drive can support media format not larger than 1 44 MB size 3 5 in 5 5 11 Hard Disk The Hard Disk is the main storage device of the Vivid 3 ultrasound unit The Hard Disk is controlled by the CPU via signals from the IDE Bus The Hard Disk is partitioned into four drives each of
180. er performing calibration perform the Front End diagnostics described in Performing Front End FE Diagnostics on page 7 5 7 2 Section 7 2 Diagnostics Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 2 3 Accessing the Diagnostic Menu The diagnostic tools are accessed from 2D Mode by simultaneously pressing lt Ctrl F11 gt on the alphanumeric keyboard The Diagnostic menu is displayed as shown below Software Version Option Buttons Description Area Report and Exit Buttons Figure 7 1 Diagnostic Menu Note Once the test has been completed a log can be viewed as described in the Common Service Interface section on page 7 84 Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 3 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 2 3 1 Diagnostic Menu Options The Diagnostic menu includes the following options Software Version Displays the Vivid 3 ultrasound unit software version number and last upgrade date Show Log Files amp Displays test results as described in the Common Service Interface section on page 7 84 Calibrates the Front End crate and enables you to perform the display and video gr
181. ere are no flash strikes or other artifacts 5 Move the sample volume to differentlocations Ensure that the flow looks clear the noise area is dark and that along the vessel there are no flash strikes or other artifacts PW HPRF Artifacts Test 6 Increase the velocity range to MAX 7 Place the C358 probe on the Phantom top view A 8 Place the sample volume in the center of the Ensure that the flow looks clear the noise area is dark and that vessel there are no flash strikes or other artifacts 9 Move the sample volume to different locations Ensure that the flow looks clear the noise area is dark and that along the vessel there are no flash strikes or other artifacts 4 20 Section 4 4 Image Testing 2D M CFM Doppler Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 4 4 739L Probe Image Quality Tests 4 4 4 1 2D Noise Uniformity Test Table 4 33 2D Noise Uniformity Test 739L Step Task Expected Result s With a 739L probe in the air select the Carotid preset from the Vascular preset options Set the following parameters 2D 2D image with artifacts 2D Gain Max in Depth 2cm Gain Sliders Max Up to 5mm of white carpet noise should be displayed as shown in the left figure above Ensure that there are no white lines along the image down to 2cm o
182. established a green checkmark is displayed Ifthe connection cannot be established a red cross is displayed 7 Ifboth connections were established click OK to exit the configuration procedure If not review the entire procedure to locate the error 3 66 Section 3 7 Connectivity Setup GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL NOTE IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT DATAFLOWS The system s default dataflow is Local Archive Int HD In this configuration the Patient List is in the local archive and the images are stored on the internal hard drive In a dataflow configuration such as Int HD MOD 525 DICOM images are stored both on the internal hard drive and on media MOD The name DICOM is shown in parenthesis signifying that on the MOD the images are in DICOM format No Archive is a dataflow that has no output source for use in emergencies CAUTION DO NOT change the name of an existing dataflow or attempt to add new services to A a dataflow In the event that any changes or additions are required contact the On line Center 3 7 6 2 Validating EchoPAC or Image Vault Operation 1 Pressthe Archive button on the control console The Patient List window is displayed as shown in Figure 3 44 on page 3 62 2 Select the Remote Archive Remote Storage option from the dropdown list at the bottom of the window If the system will not accept the dataflow or displays an error messag
183. f the channels in the Display area and press select e Trackball to the Mark bad channel checkbox and press Select Trackball to Save Report and press Select and contact a GE Medical Systems service representative e f no errors were identified proceed with the next test e If no errors were identified but the problem persists contact your local GE Medical Systems field engineer for assistance e If errors were identified but the results were marginal perform calibration as described in the Calibration section on page 6 14 and then repeat the test e If errors were identified and the results were not marginal verify that all image port and PCI bridge cables are connected and functioning properly as described in Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory If the problem persists contact your local GE Medical Systems field engineer for assistance 7 Trackball to the Exit button and press Select If required repeat this test with a different pulser Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 29 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 3 8 3 FLA Jumper Switch All the elements are connected through the transmit and receive jumpers This test checks the jumpers that connect the side elements to the center elements During this test every probe element transmits an
184. flaps in at the top of the carton case then fold in the long flaps and fasten them with adhesive tape item 14 8 Secure the box with two loops of steel strips item 13 around the right and left side walls and one loop around the front and rear walls 9 Place two shock watch labels item 17 and all other labels items 20 through 25 on the outer sides of the carton case Chapter 3 Installation 3 75 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 9 Completing the Installation Paperwork NOTE 3 9 1 3 9 2 NOTE On completion of a Vivid 3 ultrasound scanner installation it is important to record the relevant System Installation details see Table 3 22 below and Product Locator Installation details see Figure 3 50 on page 3 77 for future reference System Installation Details Enter the serial number printed on the main label refer to the Main Label section on page 1 15 and the other relevant system installation details into the following table Table 3 22 System Installation Details System S N Location Date Customer Name Service Engineer s Name Comments Product Locator Installation During and after installation the documentation i e User Manuals Installation Manuals for the peripher
185. for a scan are stored in VRAM on the BF Board The output of the BF Board is a high frequency digital Word update This output can be added to any successive board if more channels are required BF Calibration The system has a calibration procedure for the BF Board which sets the offset voltage for the ADC on the BF Board If the BF Board is replaced the calibration procedure has to be performed as described in Beamformer Calibration on page 6 17 BF Board Location The BF Board can be placed in the Front End Crate in the third slot from the left side Description of Operation RX PADC RX NH gt X PADC gt BA2 9 BA2 21 MLAO gt a gt To next RX n X board H p ADC 1 of 16 p p RX N 3 T A p9ADC SRAM amp Bus FE bus 4 of 64 Control Ifc 4 i v gt gt EE BA2 lt BA2 A MLA1 Oj To next PET T board From prev board MLA1 2 7 Figure 5 14 Beamformer Board 32 Channel Block Diagram Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory 5 19 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DiRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO ViVID 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 4 5 5 4 5 1 NOTE
186. ge Select a Cardiac preset and set the following 2D parameters 1 2D Gain 50 CMM ROI 2D Dynamic Range 60 2D Reject 10 Vessel 2 Activate CFM and set the CFM Gain to the maximum possible without color noise 3 Activate M Mode Color M Mode CMM is activated 4 Place the 3S probe on the RMI1425A Phantom top view A and position the Position 2 Position 1 M Marker across the vessel Back Back m v 5 cm 35cm Pu Front Front A Top Views P Ensure that you see a continuous orange line Note that the line does not need to look smooth Ensure there are no strikes or other artifacts Chapter 4 Functional Checks 4 15 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 4 1 9 PW Operation Test Table 4 26 PW Operation Tests 3S Step Task Expected Result s 1 Select a Cardiac preset and set the 2D Gain to 40 pa ULS Image Activate PW Mode and set the following PW parameters 2 Gain 70 PW Gate SV 3mm Vessel PW Artifacts Test Position 2 Position 1 Back Back kB cm v m PI 3 5cm 3 ace the 3S probe on the RMI1425A Phantom top view A Front Front A Top View 4 Place the sample volume in the center of the Ensure that the flow looks clear the noise area is dark and that vessel
187. gy Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Data Flow Map Test Description Area Test Area Comment Area Tabs Figure 7 12 BF Tab FE Diagnostics Dialog Box RFT Configuration 3 Proceed as follows Trackball to one of the following buttons and press Select e Trackball to the Board Test button and press Select OR e Perform the Digital Test 0 and Digital Test 1 independently as follows Trackball to the Digital Test 0 button and press Select When complete trackball to the Digital Test 1 button and press Select 4 In the BF tab verify that the Comment area indicates that the system is ready to perform the test 5 Trackball to the ADC button and press Select The beamformer digital test and ADC bit tests are activated sequentially The test results are displayed per vector in the Ultrasound Scope window as shown in Figure 7 13 below 7 22 Section 7 3 Performing Front End FE Diagnostics Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Figure 7 13 Ultrasound Scope Window 6 Under Auto Detect click the Start button Checking of the test results commences and the light adjacent to the button flas
188. h language countries Figure 1 19 Main Label Swedish Rating Labels Indicates the ultrasound unit s factory preset input AC voltage as follows e AC 100V e AC 120V e AC 220 240V One of the rating labels shown below is located on the rear of the ultrasound unit as shown in Figure 1 2 on page 1 12 Figure 1 20 Rating Labels Chapter 1 Introduction 1 23 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 1 4 3 3 GND Label Indicates the protective earth grounding terminal The GND label shown below is located at the rear of the unit as shown in Figure 1 2 on page 1 12 Figure 1 21 GND Label 1 4 3 4 Parking Label Indicates the locked pedal position which locks the front castors and prevents the ultrasound unit from moving The parking label shown below is located on the brake pedal at the front of the unit as shown in Figure 1 1 on page 1 11 Figure 1 22 Parking Label 1 4 3 5 Swivel Brake Label Indicates the locked swivel position which prevents the front castors from swiveling The swivel brake label shown below is located on the brake pedal at the front of the unit as shown in Figure 1 1 on page 1 11 Figure 1 23 Swivel Break Label 1 24 Section 1 4 Product Labels and Icons Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed
189. h the menu button 1 to display the main menu and activate sub menus 2 Push the adjustment button 2 to move through the icons and highlight items in the menu The name of the function will appear on each window 3 Push the menu button 1 to exit and save your changes 6 6 1 2 15 and 17 Monitor Function Control Options Table 6 11 Vivid 3 15 and 17 Monitor Controls and Functions Control Function Yt Adjusts the background Brightness white level of the screen 9 Adjusts the Contrast level black level of the screen A Moire pattern can appear on your screen looking like a series of concentric circles i or arcs To eliminate this pattern use the horizontal moire adjustments A Moire pattern can appear on your screen looking like a series of concentric circles or arcs To eliminate this pattern use the vertical moire adjustments The Degauss feature will remove color impurities caused by magnetic fields Do not use the Degauss feature more than once within a 30 minute period amp Note The monitor may buzz momentarily the image colors may change and the image will jiggle for a few seconds These effects are normal Use the Recall feature to reset these monitor settings to their original levels Position Size Pincushion Trapezoid Parallelogram Pinbalance Rotation a Clear Moire Note If you have selected Yes all settings listed above will be reset All other settings will remain the same Color temperature is a measur
190. he FE Diagnostics dialog box as described in the Accessir s section on page 7 6 2 Trackball to the H W Report button and press Select The System Report window is displayed as shown below Figure 7 42 System Report Window RFI configured Systems Figure 7 43 System Report Window RFT configured Systems 7 66 Section 7 3 Performing Front End FE Diagnostics GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo ViviD 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 3 11 Current Report The H W Report button in the FE Diagnostics dialog box enables you to generate a report of the current test and failure results 1 Access the FE Diagnostics dialog box as described in the Accessing the Front End Diagnostic Options section on page 7 6 2 Trackball to the Current Report button and press Select The Current Report window is displayed as shown below Figure 7 44 Current Report Window Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 67 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 7 4 Performing Back End Diagnostics on the System The Back End Diagnostics enable you to test the functionality of various Back End hardware components Note The Back End Diagnostic Tests may be performed independently regardless of sequence 7 4 1 Accessing the Back End Diagnostic O
191. he I C FE Bus switch To reduce the noise in the FE cards the MUX switches off the FE Bus to the FB during the data acquisition in CW mode Min max AC input monitoring every ten seconds FB Input Channels BF Multiplex a Monitor 4 FB TEE Temp Voltages FE Bus Switch Control Fan Operation PC FB FE Interface Bus Y Y Figure 5 12 MUX Board Diagram 5 18 Section 5 1 Overview Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 4 4 5 4 4 1 5 4 4 2 Beamformer Board BF General Description The Beamformer Board BF Board contains the A D converter the ASIC called the Focuser FOC and a Beam Adder BA The BF Board accepts input channels and converts each channel to digital bytes The system requires one BF Board which scans 64 channels The digitized samples at the ADC output are input to the FOCs whose outputs go to a BA The output of the BA BA Level 2 is the sum of the input channels which is added together with the output from the other BA Level 2 as shown in Figure 5 14 on page 5 19 These ASICs will add all the input and output channels with appropriate delay to give optimal receive focusing and beam steering as a function of time All focusing and steering parameters
192. he OK button and press Select 6 Trackball to the Services tab and press Select The Services tab is displayed as shown below System Confiqurotion for Default Opes otor Group Defoult My Computer Figure 3 39 Services Tab 7 Select DICOM Server from the Name dropdown list The Services tab is updated as shown below Figure 3 40 Services for DICOM Server Chapter 3 Installation 3 57 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 Enter the IP address for the DICOM server in the IP address field 9 Trackball to the Dicom Storage Server line in the Services table The Services tab is expanded as shown below figuration for Default Opes otor Group Defoult Dicom Storage Server Figure 3 41 Connectivity Tab Services for DICOM Server Expanded 10 Enter the AE Title and the Port No of the DICOM server in the appropriate fields Note Ensure that the Allow Raw Data checkbox is deselected 11 Trackball to the Dicom Print line in the Services table The Services tab is expanded as shown in Figure 3 42 below 3 58 Section 3 7 Connectivity Setup GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL erator Group Default Dicu Print Figure 3 42 Connectivity Tab Services for DICOM Print Expanded 12 Under Settings select the required Format Film Orientation etc 13 Proceed to the next section
193. he bottom of the front of the unit to the left to lock the wheels as described in the Parking Label section page 1 24 20 Verify the contents of the case as described in Verifying the Shipping Crate Contents on page 3 13 3 8 Section 3 3 Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 3 2 Unpacking the Cardboard Shipping Carton The Vivid 3 ultrasound unit is packed in a cardboard shipping carton comprising a durable outer cardboard carton cover and a wooden platform base these are firmly joined together with clamps and screws A ramp for rolling the Vivid 3 ultrasound unit off the platform is also included SIDE ACCESSORIES amp PROBES CASE 14x RIGHT SIDE M LEFT SIDE 3 3 3 NOTE Figure 3 6 Vivid 3 Cardboard Shipping Carton Unpacking and Removing the Unit from the Cardboard Shipping Carton Before unpacking the unit inspect the carton case for damage Inspect the Drop and Tilt indicators on the Shock watch and Tilt watch labels respectively for evidence of accidental shock or tilting of the crate during transit refer to Figure 3 2 on page 3 5 If the crate is damaged or if either the Drop or Tilt indicators have turned red showing failure please inform the GE Medical Systems sales
194. he brake pedal to its center position Push and pull Britis that th wheels moye testy inel directors 1 pad Check the wheels for wear and tear and replace if the unit right left backwards and forwards necessary 2 Push the brake pedal to its eft position parking Push Ensure that the wheels are locked and there is no and pull the unit right left backwards and forwards movement in any direction Push the brake pedal to its right position arrows Push Ensure that the front wheels are locked for right and left 3 Jan movement only but can move freely backwards and and pull the unit right left backwards and forwards forwards 4 6 Section 4 3 Functional Check Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 4 Back End Processor Tests 4 3 4 1 Internal ECG Test Table 4 13 Internal ECG Test Step Task Expected Result s Connect the internal ECG input to an ECG simulator or 1 suitable substitute using the cable set and electrode pads Perform the ECG diagnostic test as described in the F 2 ECG Phono Diagnostic Test on page 7 71 Verify that a single clear QRS signal is displayed 4 3 4 2 Phono Test optional Table 4 14 Phono Test Step Task Expected Result s Connect the microphone to the microphone input on the ECG Board Not
195. hes green and continues to flash while Auto Detect is in progress If a fault is detected the flashing light changes to red and an error log is displayed listing the channel s on which the test failed Alternatively review the information manually using the scroll arrows on the right of the Ultrasound Scope window to select a vector between 0 and 63 The selected vector is displayed in the Vector field and its test results are displayed in the Spectrum area Check the test results for each vector as follows e Verify that the RMS level displayed in the RMS field is above 84 in absolute value e Verify that the amplitude at frequency 2 5 is within a range of 5 to 20 e Verify that the amplitude at frequency 5 is below 40 e Verify that the amplitude at frequency 7 5 is below 60 Note Ifthe RMS level is above or below the specified level reboot the system perform calibration and repeat the test Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 23 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 Proceed as follows f no problems were identified proceed to the FB tests as described in the Front Board Assembly FB Diagnostic Tests section on page 7 25 e fno problems were identified but the problem persists contact your local GE Medical Systems field engineer for assist
196. his procedure refer to the following figures Figure 3 1 on page 3 4 Figure 3 3 on page 3 6 Figure 3 4 on page 3 7 e Figure 3 5 on page 3 7 Turn OFF the unit by pressing the ON OFF button on the control console Turn OFF the AC circuit breaker on the rear of the unit 3 Disconnect the mains power plug from the wall outlet Unplug any probes connected to the unit and store them in their original cases Disconnect and remove all external cables from the right and left rear panels and the ECG cable connected to the front panel 6 Verify the presence of all the external cables listed in Table 3 4 on page 3 13 and pack them in a carton 7 Release and unplug the power cable connector from the AC input at the rear of the unit and loop it on the hook located on the rear cover 8 Unplug the AC power cable from the monitor 9 Verify the presence of all the accessories listed in Table 3 5 on page 3 14 and pack them in a carton 10 Pack the User Manual and any other manuals in an antistatic bag 11 Lay the wooden platform item 4 on the floor Leave sufficient free space around the platform 12 Lay the ramp item 5 on the floor and attach it to the narrow side of the wooden platform item 4 that has the front stopper next to it 13 Cover the wooden platform and the ramp with the antistatic sheet item 6 14 Release the front stopper pin by sliding the metal sleeve atthe pin s locking base upwards and th
197. ible power system UPS in the back end processor forcing an ordered shutdown of the system Switching the System ON OFF Switching the System ON 1 Verify that the ultrasound unit has been connected to the power supply and that the circuit breaker is ON as described in the Connecting the Ultrasound Unit to the Electrical Outlet section on page 3 32 When AC power is applied to the scanner the On Off button on the control console illuminates amber indicating the Back end Processor is in Standby mode 2 Hold down the On Off button on the control panel for 3 seconds The system automatically performs an initialization sequence which includes the following Loading the operating system e Running a quick diagnostic check of the system e Detecting connected probes The system first enters 2D Mode with the probe and application that were last used before the system was shut down If the probe has been removed since the system was last used the currently connected probes and their available applications are displayed and selected by default Switching the System OFF After turning OFF the system wait at least 10 seconds before turning it on again The system may not be able to boot up if power is recycled too quickly The system can be switched OFF in one of three ways e By holding down the On Off button for 3 seconds the unit will perform an automatic shutdown sequence that protects the hard disk and switches into an energy sav
198. igure various iLing parameters Contact GE Allows a one switch touch for the user to contact the OnLine Center and describe problems with their scanner in an easy and convenient way Interactive Application The main application is displayed in the form of HTML pages whenever the browser starts This is the entry point for any user to start any iLing application 5 50 Section 5 6 External Peripherals Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO ViVID 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 9 3 Global Service User Interface GSUI GSUI is the pattern for the user interface This interface standard will be followed by all modalities to achieve a common look and feel for service software across all GEMS products 5 9 3 1 Internationalization The user interfaces provided by the service platform are designed for GE personnel and as such are in English only At this time there is no multi lingual capability built into the Common Service Interface 5 9 3 2 Service Login Press the switch with the wrench icon a in the status bar at the bottom of the video screen This switch links the user or the Field Engineer FE to the service login screen Figure 5 35 Service Login Screen Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory 5 51 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOUR
199. in Label Finnish 1 20 Section 1 4 Product Labels and Icons Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Greek Used in all Greek language countries AA py Tirat carmel Israel KINAYNOX HAEKTPOIAHZIAL main MIIN AWAIPEITE TO KAAYMA AllEYeYNerEITE ETO APMOMO eeu ou f meses sos 1 TIPOXGITKO Figure 1 15 Main Label Greek Japanese Used in all Japanese language countries 1 ARORA HAROON E mnes LOW dtum vx knicgMgwkobogeca WMRLAWCK MAL MORE AY etai COMMIT RIS ey CH TI CRMMULTL RSs Figure 1 16 Main Label Japanese Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Chapter 1 Introduction 1 21 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Norwegian Used in all Norwegian language countries a i Figure 1 17 Main Label Norwegian Russian Used in all Russian language countries Figure 1 18 Main Label Russian 1 22 Section 1 4 Product Labels and Icons Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 1 4 3 2 e Swedish Used in all Swedis
200. in green that displays the element and the channel number that is associated with that element Each button is highlighted yellow when selected e Each button is highlighted red if errors were detected for one or more elements e Checkboxes Enable you to manipulate bad channels Show Only Bad Channels Select this checkbox to display only bad channels in the Display area Mark bad channel Select this checkbox to manually mark the currently selected channel as bad 6 Check the test result message and proceed as follows e fone or more channels were identified as bad trackball to the Save Report button and press Select then contact a GE Medical Systems Service Representative f no channels were identified as bad mark the channels suspected as being bad as follows e Trackball to each of the channels in the Display area and press select Trackball to the Mark bad channel checkbox and press Select e Trackball to Save Report and press Select and contact a GE Medical Systems service representative 7 Trackballto the Start Close test button and press Select The closed FLA jumper test is performed and the test results are displayed in the Report dialog box as shown in Figure 7 22 on page 7 40 Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 31 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivi
201. ing of the equipment To avoid delays during installation the individual or team who will perform the installation should be notified at the earliest possible date preferably prior to installation of the existence of any of the following variances e Use of any non listed product s e Use of any customer provided product s e Placement of an approved product further from the system than the interface kit allows The prepared site must be clean prior to delivery of the system Carpeting is not recommended because it collects dust and creates static Potential sources of EMI should also be investigated before delivery Dirt static and EMI can negatively impact system reliability Chapter 2 Pre Installation 2 7 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 2 3 2 Mandatory Site Requirements The following are mandatory site requirements Additional optional recommendations as well as a recommended ultrasound room layout are provided in section 2 3 3 Site Recommendations see below A dedicated single branch power outlet of adequate amperage see Table 2 3 on page 2 3 that meets all local and national codes and is located less than 2 5 m 8 2 ft from the unit s proposed location Refer to the Electrical Requirements section on page 2 3 A door opening of at least 76
202. ing standby mode By holding down the On Off button for more than 3 seconds the unit will display a shutdown menu enabling the operator to shutdown the system to standby mode or to perform a full shutdown see Figure 3 20 on page 3 34 e By holding down the On Off button for more than 10 seconds the unit will perform an emergency shutdown It is not recommended to use this type of shutdown unless the application is locked and no other operation can be performed Chapter 3 Installation 3 33 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO ViVID 3 SERVICE MANUAL Figure 3 20 Shut Down Options Screen 3 34 Section 3 5 Completing the Hardware Installation Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 6 System Configuration 3 6 1 3 6 2 Once all the required peripherals have been installed and the unit has been switched on configure the system settings in the System Configuration window tabs Refer to the Vivid 3 Pro Vivid 3 Expert User Manual for additional information about system configuration Adjusting the Display Monitor The display monitor s contrast and brightness controls may need periodic adjustment due to changes
203. ion on page 3 43 For more details about peripherals installation refer to the Vivid 3 Peripherals Installation Manual 3 5 2 5 Connecting the DeskJet Color Printer HP6122 Note If there is sufficient space the DeskJet Color Printer may be installed under the control console Alternatively it will require a suitable stand or table to be positioned in close proximity to the Vivid 3 scanner at a distance of not more than 1m 3 3 ft from the power connection to the Vivid 3 unit disconnected from the scanner DO NOT attempt to move the two units simultaneously without WARNING Whenever moving the Vivid 3 scanner the DeskJet Color Printer must be A first disconnecting them After relocation re connect the printer to the scanner 1 Place the DeskJet color printer on the shelf below the control console or alternatively on the designated stand or table adjacent to the unit 2 Connect the following cables as shown in Table 3 14 Table 3 14 DeskJet Color Printer Cables From the Color Printer To the Right Panel Parallel Port Connector Parallel Port AC IN AC Dual Power cable Panel AC outlet 3 After connecting the remaining peripherals and switching the system ON configure the printer settings as described in the Printers Tab section on page 3 43 For more details about peripherals installation refer to the Vivid 3 Peripherals Installation Manual Chapter 3 Installation 3 27 Artisan Technology
204. ipping Carton section on page 3 74 Follow all safety precautions Handle with care e When reinstalling the unit allow sufficient system acclimation time as described in the System Acclimation Time section on page 3 2 3 8 1 Disconnecting the Unit when Storing CAUTION Never disconnect the power switch OFF the system circuit breaker or unplug the power plug before the system is completely shut down Power disconnection before full system shutdown may cause system boot up failure This may require system recovery by booting up the system using the software CD Before storing the unit or moving it to another site disconnect the unit as follows 1 Press the On Off button on the control panel for 5 seconds A menu is displayed 2 Select Full Shutdown from the displayed menu 3 Turn the circuit breaker to OFF 4 Unplug the power cord from the mains power outlet 5 Loop the cord around the hook on the unit s rear panel 3 8 2 Preparing the Unit for Transport Perform the following steps as applicable 1 Turn the system OFF including the circuit breaker at the rear of the unit and remove the plug from the wall 2 Disconnect all cables linking the unit to any off board peripheral devices such as a computer network printers etc Note the marks on each cable in order to reconnect them later 3 Secure the unit s power cable 4 Place all probes in the probe holders Wrap or place the probe cables on the cable hook
205. ircular lines or other patterns in e Depth 7cm the noise Dynamic Range 80dB 4 4 1 2 2D Performance Test Table 4 19 2D Performance Test 3S Step Task Expected Result s 4 Use the Standard Imaging Phantom RMI403GS 2 Select a Cardiac preset 2 3 l TGC Probe um 1 o iio i s 3 Set the TGC so that the image is uniform BG a wee 4 v 400 o 2 i ee Gon i eo 2 n 0 i M i Standard Phantom Chapter 4 Functional Checks 4 11 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 4 1 3 2D Penetration Test Table 4 20 2D Noise Penetration Test 3S Step Task Expected Result s 1 Use the Standard Imaging Phantom RMI403GS 2 Select a cardiac preset 2 3 Set the following parameters and scan the TGC phantom at position 3 Gain 37 e i 3 Power 0 dB Ot Depth 20cm i Focus Max depth ee o a Dynamic Range 65dB 9 d e ee e Standard Phantom Record the maximum depth at which tissue 4 can be differentiated from the noise The depih should be greater than 189r 4 4 1 4 CFM Noise Floor Test Table 4 21 CFM Noise Floor Test 3S Step Task Expected Result s 1 With the 3S probe in the air selec
206. it and converts it into S Video C Video and sends a feedback signal to the Video Input and Capturing circuit Color Printer Converter Circuit Video Input VER amp Capture pew Circuit eysour 77 7 Printer EX Montor S video E o C Video Converter Circuit VGA Hoare Mantar Cantal Kananla Figure 5 28 PC VIC Block Diagram Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory 5 39 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 5 16 2 PAL Table 5 7 PAL Video Specifications Horizontal Timing Horizontal Total HT us 944 pixels Horizontal Start HS us 152 pixels Horizontal Active HA us 768 pixels Pixel Clock Freq 14 7 MHz PAL 5 5 16 3 NTSC Table 5 8 NTSC Video Specifications Horizontal Timing Horizontal Total HT 780 pixels Horizontal Start HS 118 pixels Horizontal Active HA 640 pixels Pixel Clock Freq 12 272725 MHz NTSC Vertical Timing Interlaced Vertical Start VS 17 Lines field BA Active Lines VA 525 17 Lines frame NTSC standard Total Lines VT 525 Lines frame NTSC standard 5 40 Section 5 1 Overview Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivi
207. it is strongly recommended to start with Auto Sequence especially if the system shows signs of an intermittent problem As described in this section the testing sequence can be paused and restarted at any stage providing a quick and easy method of reviewing any detected faults When using Auto Sequence most of the FE tests that can be performed manually refer to the list numbered 1 through 8 below are automatically performed in sequence However the following tests are NOT included in Auto Sequence These should be performed manually as described in the appropriate sections e Front Board Assembly FB Transmit Test TR Switch Test FLA Jumper Test Pencil Probe Test e MUX Board Advanced Board Tests During Auto Sequence the system will automatically re boot at least twice This is normal and should not give cause for concern The Front End diagnostic tests listed below can be initiated manually and performed by the system as described in this section For each type of system configuration either RFI or RFT it is recommended that these diagnostic tests be performed in the following sequences as applicable For systems with RFI CONFIGURATION 1 RFI Diagnostic Test as described in the Radio Frequency Interface RFI Diagnostic Tests for RFI Configuration section on page 7 11 2 Beamformer BF Diagnostic Test as described in the Beamformer BF Diagnostic Tests section on page 7 21 At this stage to continue to the Fro
208. itivity Test 739L Step Task Expected Result s Position 2 Position 1 a Back Back v kB cm N ms 35cm 35cm 1 Use the Electronic Flow Phantom RM11425A a x Front Front A Top View P Set the Phantom settings as follows 2 e Preset 3 Mode Steady 4 22 Section 4 4 Image Testing 2D M CFM Doppler Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 4 4 5 CFM Operation Tests Table 4 37 CFM Operation Tests 739L Step Task Expected Result s 1 Select a Cardiac preset and set the 2D Gain to 40 ULS Image Activate CFM and set the following CFM parameters 2 Gain Max possible without color noise CFM ROL Frame Rate 2 LVR MIN setting Vessel Position 2 Position 1 Back Back m gt v lt 0 cm 35cm CFM Artifacts Test N7 Front Front A Top View 3 Place tha CoL prope nthe RM1297 Ensure there are no flash strikes or other color artifacts Phantom top view A Chapter 4 Functional Checks 4 23 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 4 4 6 PW Operation Tests Table 4 38 PW Operation Tests 739L Step Task Expect
209. kball to the Exit button and press Select If required repeat this test with a different pulser Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 39 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 3 8 6 Pencil Probe Test If a solid black line is observed during scanning it may indicate a bad transmitting channel The pencil probe test checks the transmitting channels associated relays to the pencil probe port This test is not for sensitive receiving channels The test has two phases namely the open pencil probe test and the close pencil probe test 1 Connect a 2D pencil probe 2 Access the F B tab of the FE Diagnostics dialog box as described in the Accessing the Front Board Assembly Options section on page 7 25 3 Trackball to Pulser 1 High Voltage Power Supply HVPS 80V or Pulser 2 Low Voltage Power Supply LVPS 40V and press Select 4 Trackball to the Pencil Probe Test button and press Select The pencil probe test is performed and the test results are displayed in the Report dialog box as shown below Figure 7 22 Report Dialog Box Pencil Probe Test Open 7 40 Section 7 3 Performing Front End FE Diagnostics Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 23
210. kboxes Enable you to manipulate bad channels Show Only Bad Channels Select this checkbox to display only bad channels in the Display area Mark bad channel Select this checkbox to manually mark the currently selected channel as bad 6 Check the test result message and proceed as follows fone or more channels were identified as bad trackball to the Save Report button and press Select then contact a GE Medical Systems Service Representative e If no channels were identified as bad mark the channels suspected as being bad as follows e Trackball to each of the channels in the Display area and press select Trackball to the Mark bad channel checkbox and press Select e Trackball to Save Report and press Select and contact a GE Medical Systems service representative If no errors were identified proceed with the next test If no errors were identified but the problem persists contact your local GE Medical Systems field engineer for assistance e If errors were identified but the results were marginal perform calibration as described in the Calibration section on page 6 14 and then repeat the test e If errors were identified and the results were not marginal verify that all image port and PCI bridge cables are connected and functioning properly as described in Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory If the problem persists contact your local GE Medical Systems field engineer for assistance 7 Trac
211. l GE Medical Systems field engineer for assistance 7 Trackball to the Exit button and press Select If required repeat this test with a different pulser Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 53 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo ViviD 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 3 9 3 Expanded Low Channels Diagnostic Tests Tests output signals in CW Mode only when the input channels are connected to the output channels If one channel is missing the output will be 6db The input signals come from either a 3S or a 7S probe Figure 7 30 Expanded Low Channels Diagnostic Tests 7 54 Section 7 3 Performing Front End FE Diagnostics Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 3 9 4 Expanded High Channels Diagnostic Tests Tests the output signals from the input of the high channels If one channel is missing the output will be 6db The input signals come from either a 3S or a 7S probe Figure 7 31 Expanded High Channels Diagnostic Tests Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 55 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7
212. l Peripherals 5 41 5 7 Vivid 3 Power Distribution 5 42 5 8 Front End Cooling System 5 49 5 9 Common Service Platform 5 50 Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 5 2 General Information The Vivid 3 is a phased linear array ultrasound imaging scanner The system is versatile and depending upon the software can be used for various applications such as 2D Grey Scale and 2D Color Flow Imaging M Mode Grey Scale Imaging Color M Mode Doppler A number of combinations of the above 3D Post processing A Physio module is incorporated in the Backend Processor BEP to provide ECG signals to synchronize cardiac ultrasound image acquisition Additionally other analog inputs e g ECG phono from devices such as treadmills are processed Vivid 3 is a digital beam forming system which can handle up to 192 element linear probes by use of multiplexing Signal flow travels from the Probe Connector Panel to the Front End FE Electronics to the BEP and finally is displayed on the monitor and peripherals System configuration is stored on a hard disk Hasp plug and all necessary software is loaded from the hard disk on power up e The user initiates system operation via the Control Console
213. l Settings Tab Note The Computer Name field shows the serial number of your Vivid 3 system 6 Enter the network information in the appropriate fields Leave the User Name as vivid3 Note The Default Gateway option is not always required If this address is not supplied by the system administrator leave it blank 7 Trackball to the OK button and press Select The following warning is displayed 8 Trackball to the OK button and press Select The system will reboot to activate the settings 3 56 Section 3 7 Connectivity Setup GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO ViVID 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 7 5 Setting Up for Communication with a Prosolv Workstation The Vivid 3 ultrasound unit can connect to a Prosolv DICOM viewer through a DICOM server The unit cannot connect directly to the viewer 1 Setup the network connection as described in the the Setting Up the Network Connection section on page 3 55 2 Press Config on the alphanumeric keyboard The System Configuration window is displayed 3 Trackball to the Connectivity tab and press Select The Connectivity tab is displayed with the Views subsidiary tab selected by default as shown in Figure 3 36 on page 3 55 4 Trackball to the SERVICE button at the bottom of the Views tab and press Select The password request dialog box shown in Figure 3 37 on page 3 55 is displayed 5 Enter the password geulsservice and then trackball to t
214. lable Probes Description 2232337 3S SECTOR new design 2259135 7L 546L 2259145 10L 739L LINEAR 2259153 C358 PROBE OUTSIDE JAPAN 2259206 I739L LINEAR 2295377 12L 2263669 7S SECTOR 2266328 10S 2169773 P509 Japan 2259246 T739L LINEAR KN100011 5T TEE MULTIPLANE KN100022 6T Super TEE KN100023 8T Ped TEE KN100072 9T PED TEE for RFI systems only KZ200476 5S SECTOR TE100024 Pencil P2D TQ100002 Pencil P6D KZ200476 Adaptor PAMPTE 6Tv 2301954 E721 KQ100006 i8L KW100011 3 28 Section 3 5 Completing the Hardware Installation Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 5 4 Connecting the ECG The internal ECG is connected into a rectangular shaped socket on the patient trace I O panel The patient trace I O panel is located on the front of the ultrasound unit as shown in Figure 3 11 on page 3 16 Each socket is clearly labelled and color coded as shown in Figure 3 17 below Figure 3 17 Connection Sockets for ECG Cables Footswitch black Phono blue ECG green External ECG yellow kh O N The ECG cable is a modular cable consisting of four different cable parts The main part trunk is a single cable connecting to the unit at one end and providing a cable splitte
215. ling When covers are removed EMI may be present WARNING ACOUSTIC OUTPUT HAZARD Although the ultrasound energy transmitted from the Vivid 3 ultrasound unit is within AIUM NEMA standards and FDA limitations avoid unnecessary exposure Ultrasound energy can produce heat and mechanical damage gt DBBDE gt Note The Vivid 3 Pro Vivid 3 Expert User Manual should be fully read and understood before operating the unit Keep the manual near the unit for reference Chapter 3 Installation 3 3 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 3 Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment CAUTION Please read this section fully before unpacking the Vivid 3 ultrasound unit The Vivid 3 ultrasound unit is shipped from the factory either in a wooden shipping crate or in a cardboard shipping carton Separate instructions are provided for opening and unpacking each type of container as follows Unpacking the Wooden Shipping Crate see section 3 3 1 below e Unpacking the Cardboard Shipping Carton see section 3 3 2 on page 3 9 3 3 1 Unpacking the Wooden Shipping Crate The Vivid 3 ultrasound unit is packed in a wooden crate that has four walls left right front and rear the crate base and the top cover Each section has rebated joints that are joined toge
216. ll to Save Report and press Select and contact a GE Medical Systems service representative If no relays were identified as bad mark the channels suspected as being bad as follows Trackball to the channel in the Display area and press Select e Trackball to the Mark bad channel checkbox and press Select Repeat as required to mark additional channels Trackball to Save Report and press Select and contact a GE Medical Systems service representative If no errors were identified proceed with the next test If no errors were identified but the problem persists contact your local GE Medical Systems field engineer for assistance If errors were identified but the results were marginal perform calibration as described in the Calibration section on page 6 14 and then repeat the test If errors were identified and the results were not marginal verify that all image port and PCI bridge cables are connected and functioning properly as described in Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory If the problem persists contact your local GE Medical Systems field engineer for assistance Trackball to the Exit button and press Select If required repeat this test with a different pulser Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 43 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL
217. mentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL The Report dialog box contains the following information Test Result Message Displays the test result TR4 Modules Displays a graphic representation of the front board four groups of TRA sockets Each group consists of four TR4 sockets each socket containing four vectors channels as follows e Each vector is represented by a button highlighted in green that displays the number of the socket to which the TR4 is connected e Each button is highlighted yellow when selected e Each button is highlighted red if errors were detected for one or more channels e Checkboxes Enable you to manipulate bad channels Show Only Bad Channels Select this checkbox to display only bad channels in the Display area Mark bad channel Select this checkbox to manually mark the currently selected channel as bad e Vector Line Displays a graphic representation of the selected vector This line is green if the vector is good and yellow if it is bad 6 Check the test result message in the Report dialog box e f one or more channels were identified as bad trackball to the Save Report button and press Select then contact a GE Medical Systems service representative e If no channels were identified as bad mark the channels suspected as being bad as follows Trackball to each o
218. n out against the floor See Figure 5 34 5 8 2 Location in the Unit The Fan Assembly is located on top of the Front End Crate a Air Inlet through Filter Filter Airflow through Board Rack behind Side Cover P end i as Air Outlet under the System Figure 5 34 Airflow through the Vivid 3 System Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory 5 49 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 5 9 Common Service Platform 5 9 1 5 9 2 5 9 2 1 5 9 2 2 5 9 2 3 5 9 2 4 5 9 2 5 Introduction The Service Platform contains a set of software modules that are common to many of GE s ultrasound and cardiology systems This web enabled technology provides linkage to e Services e Commerce and the iCenter making GE s scanners more e enabled than ever iLing Interactive Platform Features Many of the services of the Common Service Platform come from its integration with iLing The following sections contain a brief introduction of iLinq s features Web Server Browser The Service platform and other Service software use the iLing web server and browser Connectivity This feature provides basic connectivity between the scanner and the OnLine Center OLC Configuration This feature provides the interfaces to conf
219. n rare cases a fault may be present in the Front end board or in a probe 4 2 Section 4 2 General Procedures Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Section 4 3 Functional Check Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 1 Basic Controls 4 3 1 1 Keyboard and Footswitch Tests Table 4 3 Keyboard and Footswitch Tests Step Task Expected Result s 1 Start checking the alphanumeric keyboard backlights All alphanumeric backlights are off 2 Perform a manual keyboard test as described in the Manual External Keyboard Test on page 7 73 3 Push all the buttons except Select Menu and the Verify that only the correct button is activated on the On Off button Diagnostic panel 4 Push all he rocker switches Verify that only the correct rockers are activated on the Diagnostic panel 5 Rotate the optical encoders Verify that only the correct optical encoder rotates smoothly in both directions 6 Press the optical encoders that can be pressed except Verify that only the correct soft keys are activated on for 2D Gain and Active Gain the Diagnostic panel 7 Move the TGC sliders one by one Verify that only the correct slider is moving on the Diagnostic panel Perform an automatic lights test as described in the
220. n the vicinity of radio broadcast equipment if necessary Do not operate mobile phones or other EMI emitting devices in the ultrasound room e Verify that all EMI rules listed in the following table are followed Note The Vivid 3 ultrasound unit is approved for use in hospitals clinics and other environmentally qualified facilities in terms of the prevention of radio wave interference Operation of the ultrasound unit in an inappropriate environment can cause electronic interference to radios and television sets situated near the medical equipment Table 3 7 EMI Prevention Abatement EMI Rule Details Poor grounding is the most likely reason an ultrasound unit will have noisy images Check Ground AS unit the grounding of the power cord and power outlet Keep the unit at least 5m 16 4 ft away from other EMI sources Special shielding may be Be aware of RF sources required to eliminate interference problems caused by high frequency high powered radio or video broadcast signals After you finish repairing or updating the system replace all covers and tighten all screws Any cable with an external connection requires a magnet wrap at each end Install the shield over the front of the card cage Loose or missing covers or RF gaskets allow radio frequencies to interfere with the ultrasound signals Replace and or reassemble all screws RF gaskets covers and cores If more than 20 or a pair of the fingers on an RF gaske
221. ng Pulse Generator TPG The TPG operates according to tables in the RAM table see Figure 5 6 on page 5 12 Frequency Power Tx Frequency Acoustic Power Figure 5 6 Transmit Signal Path Block Diagram 5 12 Section 5 1 Overview Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 4 1 6 Received Signal Path The receive signal is programmed according to the operating mode that was selected by the user In some cases the signal is received immediately after it has been transmitted sometimes after a prescribed delay and in other cases at the same time as transmission transmit receive simultaneously Refer to Figure 5 8 on page 5 15 or Figure 5 8 on page 5 15 as appropriate The probe elements receive the echo signals from different depths These signals are amplified and conditioned at the Analog Time Gain Compensation ATGC control The different operating modes dictate in which way the signals are translated as follows e Continuous Mode CW echo signals are transmitted and received simultaneously and translated per echo point for a specified depth This provides a real time image e 2D Mode signals are received from all 64 channels if a probe has more than 64 elements the MUX of the probe is used to create the additional missing channels The signals are tran
222. nnecting Directly to EchoPAC The EchoPAC station will reject any images that have a future date Ensure that the clock on the Vivid 3 ultrasound unit lags behind that of the EchoPAC system by a minute or two 1 Press Config on the alphanumeric keyboard The System Configuration window is displayed 2 Trackball to the Connectivity tab and press Select The Connectivity tab is displayed with the Views subsidiary tab selected by default as shown in Figure 3 36 on page 3 55 3 Trackball to the Dataflow button and press Select The full list of data flows is displayed as shown in Figure 3 43 on page 3 60 4 Expand the Remote Archive Remote Storage branch A service called Remote Servers is displayed 5 Expand the Remote Servers branch A service called Remote Archive Remote Storage is displayed 6 Trackball to the Services tab and press Select The Services tab is displayed as shown in Figure 3 39 on page 3 57 Chapter 3 Installation 3 63 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo ViviD 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 Select the EchoPAC server from the Name dropdown list The Services tab is updated as shown below nfiquration for Default Opes ator Group Defoult ECHOPACT 000048 Figure 3 46 Services Tab EchoPAC 8 Enter the IP address of the EchoPAC server in the IP address field
223. npack the Vivid 3 ultrasound unit Attempts to move the unit considerable distances or on an incline by one person alone could result in personal injury and or damage to the system Section 2 2 Console Requirements Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 2 2 5 Electrical Requirements NOTE GE Medical Systems requires a dedicated power and Ground for the proper operation of its Ultrasound equipment This dedicated power shall originate at the last distribution panel before the system Sites with a mains power system with defined Neutral and Live The dedicated line shall consist of one phase a neutral not shared with any other circuit and a full size Ground wire from the distribution panel to the Ultrasound outlet Sites with a mains power system without a defined Neutral The dedicated line shall consist of one phase two lines not shared with any other circuit and a full size Ground wire from the distribution panel to the Ultrasound outlet NOTE Please note that image artifacts can occur if at any time within the facility the Ground from the main facility s incoming power source to the Ultrasound unit is only a conduit 2 2 5 1 Vivid 3 Power Requirements Electrical specifications for the Vivid 3 monitor and onboard peripherals are as follows Table
224. nstrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 4 4 CD Writer Test Table 4 16 CD Writer Test Step Task Expected Result s 1 Insert the new recordable CD X16 in the CDR drive Press Ctrl F11 or Alt D on the keyboard and select Tu 2 lt Back End gt Media Driver and sCDR as appropriate UtiIMO CDR Apps displayed 3 Select the IsMediaAcces button and OK The message Media in drive H is accessible is displayed 4 Select the Eject button Respond lt No gt to the Finalize The message Media is outside is displayed Check Media Yes No message that media has actually been ejected and select lt OK gt 5 Press the Load button and respond lt OK gt to the The message Media is inside is displayed Check that message media is really inside 6 Press the Format button and respond lt OK gt to the The message Media in drive H was formatted message successfully is displayed P he GetVolinfo b d d OK toth The message Media in drive H has following 7 Baay etVollnfo button and respond lt to the properties Media Label des Media File System Name CDUDF is displayed 8 Press the Get BTPsector button and respond lt OK gt to The message The Bytes Per Sector value of Media in the message Drive H is 2048 is displayed 9 Press the SetVolLabel2 button and respond OK
225. nt End diagnostic tests it is necessary to re boot the system 3 Front Board Assembly FB Diagnostic Test as described in the Front Board Assembly FB Diagnostic Tests section on page 7 25 4 MUX Diagnostic Test as described in the MUX Diagnostic Tests section on page 7 47 5 H W Report Diagnostic Test as described in the H W Report section on page 7 66 e For systems with RFT CONFIGURATION 1 Image Port IMP Diagnostic Test as described in the mage Port IMP Diagnostic Tests for RFT Configuration section on page 7 13 VME Bus VME Diagnostic Test as described in the VME Bus VME Diagnostic Tests for RFT Configuration section on page 7 15 RFT Diagnostic Test as described in the RFT Diagnostic Tests for RFT Configuration section on page 7 17 Front End Controller FEC Diagnostic Test as described in the Front End Controller FEC Diagnostic Tests for RFT Configuration section on page 7 19 Beamformer BF Diagnostic Test as described in the Beamformer BF Diagnostic Tests section on page 7 21 At this stage to continue to the Front End diagnostic tests it is necessary to re boot the system Front Board Assembly FB Diagnostic Test as described in the Front Board Assembly FB Diagnostic Tests section on page 7 25 7 MUX Diagnostic Test as described in the MUX Diagnostic Tests section on page 7 47 8 H W Report Diagnostic Test as described in the H W Report section on page 7 66 If the
226. ntation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Front End image Port Front Board Figure 5 2 System Block Diagram Vivid 3 BT03 RFT Configuration 5 4 Section 5 1 Overview Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo ViviD 3 SERVICE MANUAL SYSTEM MONITOR 17 2306835 6 15 2336022 2 COLOR 2269499 PRINTER Be S 4 Speakers f v uid MONITOR 3 BRACKET a iil E Track Ln Color Printer Tig P K B Assy Bal K B A N K B Matrix HE 22 On ofl pa m e From Ac System System 2252978 BACK END 2552 7 z TUE Mouse PS2 PEDAL K B PS2 0062007 ECG assy 2269422 Pci K B amp Audio Ctrl 2253027 5 2252982 K B Ctrl
227. nthe Date Time area set the date and time as follows e Trackball to the Set button and press Select Use the alphanumeric keyboard to select the current date e Select the format of the date and time display for example DD MM YYYY e Select the hour mode for example 24 hour or 12 hour In the Default PC Cursor Position area specify the default location of the PC cursor on the screen by entering the X and Y coordinates into the X and Y fields The Figure 3 22 above indicates the recommended default factory setup for X and Y 5 Inthe Footswitch area define the functions that will be performed when each of the three pedals on the footswitch is used by selecting the relevant function from the Left Mid and Right drop down lists 6 Select the system language from the Language dropdown list 7 Trackball to the OK button and press Select 3 36 Section 3 6 System Configuration GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 6 4 Connectivity Tab For details on the Connectivity tab refer to the Connectivity Setup section on page 3 50 3 6 5 Archive Tab 1 Press Config on the alphanumeric keyboard The System Configuration window is displayed 2 Trackball to the Archive tab and press Select The Archive tab is displayed as shown below System Configuration for Default Group Default Oper ator Figure 3 23 Archive Tab Note The Archive tab will display even if the A
228. o the Left Panel Video IN Composite Video OUT B W External Trigger Print Trigger Power Cable Right Connectors Panel AC outlet 2 Install the printer according to the printer s installation schematics see Figure 8 110 on page 126 3 After connecting the remaining peripherals and switching the system on configure the printer settings as described in the Printers Tab section on page 3 43 For more details about peripherals installation refer to the Vivid 3 Peripherals Installation Manual 3 5 2 4 Connecting the Color Printer 1 Place the color printer in the printer compartment above the B W printer and VCR on the peripheral tray using an additional shelf 2 Connect the following cables as shown in Table 3 13 3 26 Section 3 5 Completing the Hardware Installation Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo ViviD 3 SERVICE MANUAL Table 3 13 Color Printer Cables To the Cables From the Color Printer underneath the Control Console Video IN Composite Video OUT 1 External Trigger Print Trigger AC IN AC Power Cable Note All the color printer cables are located in the left storage compartment under the metal cover 3 After connecting the remaining peripherals and switching the system ON configure the printer settings as described in the Printers Tab sect
229. oblems were identified but the problem persists contact your local GE Medical Systems field engineer for assistance e If errors were identified but the results were marginal perform calibration as described in the Calibration section on page 6 14 and then repeat the IMP test e If errors were identified and the results were not marginal verify that all image port and PCI bridge cables are connected and functioning properly as described in Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory If the problem persists contact your local GE Medical Systems field engineer for assistance 7 14 Section 7 3 Performing Front End FE Diagnostics Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 3 4 VME Bus VME Diagnostic Tests for RFT Configuration The VME Bus diagnostic test checks the communication on the VME Bus between the IP card the FEC and the RFT Note Before performing the VME Bus test perform the IMP test as described in the mage Port IMP Diagnostic Tests for RFT Configuration section on page 7 13 If the VME Bus test is performed without first performing this test and errors are identified you must perform the IMP test to ensure that the VME board is the source of the error 1 Access the FE Diagnostics dialog box as described in the Accessing the Front End Diagnostic
230. odels Covered in this Manual The Vivid 3 models documented in this manual are shown in Table 1 2 and Table 1 3 below NOTE The difference between the two types of Vivid 3 BTO3 models are as follows On RFI models supported by software version 3 2 and above Image Port RFT and FEC functionality are all incorporated into one board the RFI board For RFT models supported by software versions below 3 2 the Image Port RFT and FEC boards are all separate components Table 1 2 Vivid 3 BT03 RFI Models Description Comments BASE Vivid 3 Console Vivid 3 BTO3 console 220 240V AC RFI Vivid 3 BTO3 console 100V AC RFI H45011GD The BT03 is backward compatible to its H45011GE An advanced version of the newer parallel product the BTO2 Pro and Expert generation of the Vivid 3 BTO3 and its predecessor BTO1 Pro and Expert Vivid 3 BTO3 H45011GF Ultrasound Scanning System Contact your local distributor for more console 110 120V AC RFI Enables a larger variety of probes information about upgrades and backward Vivid 3 BTO3 and larger application use CUTE ee cannot be console 220 230V AC NTSC RFI upg ae Vivid 3 BT03 console NTRL RFI H45521JB PRO Console Vivid 3 BTO3 PRO console 220 240V AC RFI H45011G Vivid 3 BTO3 PRO console 100V AC RFI H45011GA New generation of the Vivid 3 Vivid 3 BTO3 PRO console 110 120V AC RFI H45011GB Ultrasound Scanning System continuation of the
231. on Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL iit Uper ator Lroup Default Figure 4 1 System Tab Configuration Example Chapter 4 Functional Checks 4 27 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL System Configuration for Default Operator Group Default Figure 4 2 System Options Tab Configuration Example 4 28 Section 4 5 System Turnover Checklist GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL System Confiaurotion for Default Group Default Operator Figure 4 3 Hospital Info Tab Configuration Example Chapter 4 Functional Checks 4 29 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL ult Operator Group Default Figure 4 4 VCR ECG Tab Configuration Example 4 30 Section 4 5 System Turnover Checklist GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL nfiqurotion for Default Group Default Operator Figure 4 5 Archive Tab Configuration Example Chapter 4 Functional Checks 4 31 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL t Opes otor Group Defoult Figure 4 6 Connectivity Local Settings Tab Configuration Example
232. or Thr Temp Test Diagnoses the temperature threshold for TEE probes Pencil ID Test Checks the pencil ID circuit in the FEC Before performing any of the FEC tests perform the IMP VME Bus and RFT tests as described beginning on page 7 13 If an FEC test is performed without first performing these tests and errors are identified you must perform the RFT test and then the VME Bus test and the IMP test to ensure that the FEC board is the source of the error 1 2 Access the FE Diagnostics dialog box see Accessing the Front End Diagnostic Options on page 7 6 In the FE Diagnostics dialog box trackball to the FEC tab and press Select OR Trackball to the FEC button in the Data Flow Map and press Select The FEC tab is displayed as shown below Figure 7 10 FEC Tab FE Diagnostics Dialog Box Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 19 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 In the FEC tab verify that the Comment area indicates that the system is ready to perform the test 4 Trackball to one of the following buttons and press Select Select the Board Test button to perform the Self Test BF Cache Test TEE Temp Test Thr Temp Test and Pencil ID Test sequentially e Select the Self Test button to perform the Self Test independently e Select the BF
233. oup Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 5 5 A 3 5 5 1 A Connecting the Unit to a Power Source The initial connection of the Vivid 3 ultrasound unit to a power source should be performed by a qualified person authorized by GE Medical Systems Use only the power cords cables and plugs provided by or designated by GE Medical Systems to connect the unit to the power source CAUTION Verify compliance with all electrical and safety requirements and check the power cord to verify that it is intact and of hospital grade before connecting the unit to the power source Products equipped with a power source wall outlet plug should be connected to the fixed power socket that has a protective grounding conductor Never use an adapter or converter to connect with a power source plug for example a three prong to two prong converter Voltage Level Checks The following voltage level checks are required 1 Check the rating label at the rear of the ultrasound unit as described in Chapter 1 Introduction and verify that your local AC Voltage corresponds to the voltage setting as indicated on the rating label The rating label indicates that the factory preset input AC voltage is one of the following e 100V 120V e 220 240 V 2 Verify the maximum power requirement as follows Maximum power
234. our GE dealer When necessary the installation engineer will supply the locally required power plug 2 2 5 6 Power Stability Requirements Voltage drop out Max 10 ms NOTE The Vivid 3 ultrasound unit can be provided with an external UPS system Contact your local GE Service Representative for details Power Transients All applications Less than 25 of nominal peak voltage for less than 1 millisecond for any type of transient including line frequency synchronous asynchronous or aperiodic transients 2 4 Section 2 2 Console Requirements Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 2 2 6 Note Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL EMI Limitations Ultrasound machines are susceptible to Electromagnetic Interference EMI from radio frequencies magnetic fields and transients in the air or wiring They also generate EMI The Vivid 3 ultrasound unit complies with limits as stated on the EMC label However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation Possible EMI sources should be identified before the unit is installed and should not be on the same line as the ultrasound system A dedicated line should be used for the ultrasound system Electrical and electronic equipment may produce EMI unintentionally as the result of a defect Sources of EMI include the following
235. oved Mandatory site requirements have been met If a network is used IP address has been set for the system and a dedicated network outlet is available 2 12 Section 2 4 Connectivity Installation Worksheet Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Chapter 3 Installation Section 3 1 Overview 3 1 1 Purpose of Chapter 3 This chapter provides instructions for installing the Vivid 3 ultrasound unit Before beginning the installation process an appropriate site must be prepared as described in Chapter 2 Pre Installation Once the site has been prepared installation can proceed as described in this chapter Table 3 1 Contents in Chapter 3 Section Description Page Number 3 1 Overview 3 1 3 2 Installation Reminders 3 2 3 3 Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment 3 4 3 4 Preparing for Installation 3 13 3 5 Completing the Hardware Installation 3 22 3 6 System Configuration 3 35 3 7 Connectivity Setup 3 50 3 8 Storing and Transporting the Unit 3 68 3 9 Completing the Installation Paperwork 3 76 Chapter 3 Installation 3 1 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERV
236. p 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 5 6 External Peripherals 5 6 1 5 6 1 1 5 6 1 2 5 6 1 3 5 6 1 4 Introduction The following external peripherals are used with the Vivid 3 ultrasound scanner e VCR connected to Internal I O e Black amp White Video Printer connected to Internal I O e Color Video Printer connected to BEP D5 e Color Inkjet Printer VCR The VCR operation is controlled from the Control Console by way of the Keyboard Controller via COM1 The VCR which receives and transmits Y C video signals is used for recording and re playing exams The appropriate type of VCR should be used for the local video signal PAL or NTSC Black amp White Video Printer The B amp W Video Printer receives a Black and White video signal and a trigger signal and is controlled via the Control Console Color Video Printer The Color Video Printer receives an RGB video signal and a synch signal from the VIC It is controlled by the Control Console Color Inkjet Printer The Color Inkjet Printer is used to print out reports and exams and is controlled via the parallel port of the BEP In the application software the color inkjet printer is referred to as the PC Printer Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory 5 41 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo ViviD
237. p 3 SERVICE MANUAL Figure 7 18 Report Dialog Box FLA Jumper Test Closed The Report dialog box contains the following information Test Result Message Displays the test result FB Elements Displays a graphic representation of the front board elements as follows Each element is represented by a button highlighted in green that displays the element and the channel number that is associated with that element Each button is highlighted yellow when selected Each button is highlighted red if errors were detected for one or more elements e Checkboxes Enable you to manipulate bad channels Show Only Bad Channels Select this checkbox to display only bad channels in the Display area Mark bad channel Select this checkbox to manually mark the currently selected channel as bad 7 32 Section 7 3 Performing Front End FE Diagnostics Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 8 Check the test result message and proceed as follows e fone or more channels were identified as bad trackball to the Save Report button and press Select then contact a GE Medical Systems Service Representative f no channels were identified as bad mark the channels suspected as being bad as follows Trackball to each of the channels in the Display area and press sele
238. p Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory 5 33 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 5 3 Keyboard Controller The keyboard controller controls all the extended keyboard operations power management systems and audio control Keyboard Controller Board Figure 5 24 Keyboard Controller Block Diagram The Keyboard Controller contains the Audio Amplifier that controls the volume of the front cover speakers The Keyboard Controller also contains a power management system to enable three shut down modes Hard Shutdown by pressing the ON OFF button continuously for more then 10 seconds This is for emergencies only and should not be used under regular circumstances e Standby Mode which enables system boot up in 30 seconds this option is enabled if the Plug amp Scan option is installed allowing you to move the unit from one location to another e Full Shutdown which then requires more than 2 minutes to boot up There are three main keyboard components External Keyboard All the soft keys whose functionality changes according to the selected menu e Trackball Operates in a similar manner to that of a PC mouse pointer Alphanumeric Keyboard The normal keyboard including the function keys and numbers to enable text writing and other functions 5 34 Section 5 1 Overview
239. played in the Report dialog box as shown in Figure 7 23 on page 7 42 Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 41 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo ViviD 3 SERVICE MANUAL Figure 7 23 Report Dialog Box Pencil Probe Test Close The Report dialog box includes the following e Test Result Message Displays the test result e Pencil Probe Relays Displays a graphic representation of the eight front board pencil probe relays as follows Each relay is represented by a button highlighted in green that displays the relay number Each button is highlighted in yellow when selected Each button is highlighted in red if errors were detected for one or more relays e Checkboxes Enable you to manipulate bad channels Show Only Bad Channels Select this checkbox to display only the bad channels in the Display area Mark bad Channel Select this checkbox to manually mark the currently selected vector as bad 7 42 Section 7 3 Performing Front End FE Diagnostics Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 Check the test result message and proceed as follows If one or more relays were identified as bad trackba
240. pose of Chapter 2 15 5 32 92 22 od ee owed ed eee dod oe ee doe 2 1 Console Requirements a pawa 6 ode ete AGAR dd KRABAG KEI MAA ek gh add RR ee es 2 2 Unit Environmental Requirements eee eeeeee 2 2 Cooling Requirements a 000 e cence ee ee eee eens 2 2 Lighting REQUINCINEING sti uci uoa us en aa Peden ea CR RR d dee Ren n 2 2 Time and Manpower Requirements eee eee eee 2 2 Electrical Requirements cece eee eee eee eee eens 2 3 EMIL IIESUDIS cin tea iod o akg eod Go Ra RC ROGERS RRS ee ee NAG 2 5 Probe Environmental Requirements 220000eeeeeee 2 6 Facility Needs NR DM 2 7 Purchaser Responsibilities 42 214232 or RUE RERO ERROR RR RR xn 2 7 Mandatory Site Requirements 000 eee eee 2 8 Site Recommendations 22 ci ma aa coed odiacddbiweredadiiwewenees 2 8 Networking Pre Installation Requirements 2 0000005 2 9 Connectivity Installation Worksheet 2000 222 e eee serere 2 11 viii Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO VIvID 3 SERVICE MANUAL CHAPTER 3 Installation e cU TR L 3 1 Purpose of Chapter 3 Xa 009 a e eee Memeo oad ew DR e 3 1 Installation Reminders P CP in ade Ha edd Cone eek ade eed been eee 3 2 Average Installation TIME cocco m emm 3 2 Installation Warnings
241. ptions 1 In 2D Mode press Ctrl F11 on the alphanumeric keyboard The Diagnostic menu is displayed as shown in Figure 7 1 on page 7 3 2 Inthe Diagnostic menu trackball to the Back End button and press Select The HW Diagnostics menu is displayed as shown below Figure 7 45 Back End Diagnostics Options 7 68 Section 7 4 Performing Back End Diagnostics on the System Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Note The following test options are available in the HW Diagnostics menu These tests may be performed independently regardless of sequence Audio Enables you to test the doppler sound as described in the Audio Doppler Sound Driver Diagnostic Test section on page 7 70 _ECG Phono Enables you to test the ECG and Phono options as described in the ECG Phono Diagnostic Test section on page 7 71 e External Keyboard Enables you to test the keyboard options and lights in different modes as described in the External Keyboard Diagnostic Test section on page 7 73 Keyboard Enables you to test the alphanumeric keyboard keys as described in the Keyboard Diagnostic Test section on page 7 76 Media Driver Enables you to test the functionality of the media driver if available as described in the Media Driver Diagnostic Test section on page 7 77
242. r RD SHEET A ma eo TL RAMP A4 PLATFORM 6 4 PLATFORM VIEW Figure 3 7 Platform View of Shipping Carton 5 Remove the small boxes containing the accessories probes and peripherals from the shipping carton 6 Clear away the carton cover item 12 from the wooden platform on which the ultrasound unit is standing 7 Cutand remove the antistatic sheet item 6 in Figure 3 7 above that is wrapped around the ultrasound unit taking care not to damage the antistatic cover item 11 in Figure 3 8 below covering the unit Remove the antistatic cover 3 10 Section 3 3 Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO ViVID 3 SERVICE MANUAL ADHESIVE TAPE 3 BUNDING ZONE Bara ICD INSTALLATION SE GEL RT ve oS ANTI STATIC BHEETEP pr ANTI STA BAG M PLACE FOR MANUAL BUUKS 77 Figure 3 8 Front and Side View of the Unit in the Shipping Carton 8 Pull out and remove the monitor support item 10 in Figure 3 9 below from under the base of the monitor Figure 3 9 Unit in Shipping Carton Right View Chapter 3 Installation 3 11 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip
243. r concern Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 7 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo ViviD 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 3 1 2 Manual Options 1 In the Diagnostic menu trackball to the Front End button and press Select The FE Diagnostics dialog box is displayed as shown in Figure 7 3 or Figure 7 4 below Data Flow Map Test Description Area Test Area Comment Area Tabs Figure 7 3 FE Diagnostics Dialog Box RFI Configuration 7 8 Section 7 3 Performing Front End FE Diagnostics Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Data Flow Map Test Description Area Test Area Comment Area Tabs Figure 7 4 FE Diagnostics Dialog Box RFT Configuration Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 9 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL The FE Diagnostics dialog box includes the following options Table 7 2 FE Diagnostics Dialog Box Options Option Description Comments Data Flow Displays a graphic representation of the Vivid
244. r device at the other end The splitter contains five receptacles only three of which are used with the Vivid 3 Pro Vivid 3 Expert ultrasound unit Three color coded electrode cables are inserted into the splitter in the appropriate color coded receptacles Each electrode cable hooks up to the appropriate stick on electrode by a clip type connector The color coding of the electrodes follows one of two standards that are common in different parts of the world The cable splitter has a drawing defining the color codes names and electrode placements for each of the three cables as shown in Figure 3 18 on page 3 30 Chapter 3 Installation 3 29 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL AHA Americas Japan IEC Europe Asia ROW Figure 3 18 ECG Cable and Electrode Placement Note For optimal ECG operation use only electrodes that meet universal standards see Table 3 16 Table 3 16 ECG Cable Types Full ECG Cable Kit AHA Americas Japan 2256477 Black wire LA 2269982 3 White wire RA 2269982 Green wire RL 2269982 2 ECG Cable Kit IEC Europe Asia ROW 2256478 Yellow wire L 2269983 Red wire R 2269983 3 Black wire N 2269983 2 3 30 Section 3 5 Completing the Hardware Installation Artisan Technology Gr
245. r of the Ensure that the flow looks clear the noise area is dark and that vessel there are no flash strikes or other artifacts 5 Move the CW cursor to different locations Ensure that the flow looks clear the noise area is dark and that along the vessel there are no flash strikes or other artifacts CW High Velocity Artifacts Test 6 Increase the Velocity Scale to 8 6m s max 7 Place the 3S probe on the Phantom top view A 8 Place the CW cursor in the center of the Ensure that the flow looks clear the noise area is dark and that vessel there are no flash strikes or other artifacts 9 Move the CW cursor to different locations Ensure that the flow looks clear the noise area is dark and that along the vessel there are no flash strikes or other artifacts Chapter 4 Functional Checks 4 17 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 4 4 1 11 CW Noise Test Table 4 28 CW Noise Test 3S Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Step Task Expected Result s 1 With a 3S probe in the air select a Cardiac preset and activate CW Mode 2 Set the Audio Gain to the minimal level at Check that the Doppler audio and display noise are homogenous which the audio noise is just visible and constant 3 Move the cursor angle multiple times from one Check that the noise level does not inc
246. r other artifacts like those shown in the figure on the right above 4 4 4 2 2D Performance Test Table 4 34 2D Performance Test 739L Step Task Expected Result s 1 Use the Standard Superficial Phantom RMI404G 2 Select the Carotid preset from the Vascular preset options Probe Set the following parameters Depth 10cm 05 o Contra Frame Rate 2 single focus cell o Focus Location 6cm ee 5 Dee o ee Ng Superticial Phantom Chapter 4 Functional Checks 4 21 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 4 4 3 CFM Stationary Noise Test Table 4 35 CFM Stationary Noise Test 739L Step Task Expected Result s Position 2 Position 1 Back Back k8 cm v m 1 Use the vertical nail area in the Electronic Flow Phantom RMI1425A Front Front A Top View P 2 Place the 739L probe above the vertical nails line position 1 3 Select a Cardiac preset and activate CFM Set the following CFM parameters Gain Max possible without color noise 4 Ensure that the color does not appear constantly on the white nail e Tissue Priority 0 Flash 0 4 4 4 4 Probe Operation Check Alignment amp Sensitivity Table 4 36 Probe Operation Check Alignment and Sens
247. ra obensedes JA KANA bad 5 37 ECG Mod le S sinis bees eee ane ee ER ERES d PPS Rees 5 37 ie ID si a seca M 5 38 PC VIO Assembly 22d diit 15 Ada nan Aka Kana dada aba Bap ck 5 39 External PEIBDSISES isi du EU IR CR CR KG ob bea een SER ac dos dos RC ee wes 5 41 xii Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo ViviD 3 SERVICE MANUAL Introduction 0 0 00 ee ee eee 5 41 Vivid 3 Power Distribution llli 5 42 Electrical Power ele 5 42 DE c r 25285 et bees eee Eg He ode hee anes eee Ses 5 43 AC Distribution BOX sslleeee a 5 45 Front End DC Power Distribution lel 5 47 Front End Cooling Systelm z 21 uae x kx dh ee dd eene KAKA Rex c Rd ACE 5 49 General Description uda dated Ped 59 304 don E GA eidir Ges cR dx 5 49 Location iti the Unit uou eo Beeld oe de mete REDEEM Er s 5 49 Common Service Platform llle 5 50 Introducllor x s aimed Redbone Le mb bie ee inser eid cef 5 50 iLing Interactive Platform Features 00 cee eee eeeee 5 50 Global Service User Interface GSUI 000202 eee ee 5 51 xiii Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100
248. rby waiting room lavatory and dressing room Dual level lighting bright and dim A lockable cabinet for software and manuals Section 2 3 Facility Needs Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo ViviD 3 SERVICE MANUAL 2 3 3 1 Recommended Ultrasound Room Layout aed FILM SUPPLIES PROBES SUPPLIES Wes Dedicated Analog Telephone Line for Connection to InSite GE Cabinet for Software and Manuals optional Scale Each square 1 sq ft 144 sq ins Figure 2 1 Minimal Floor Plan 2 5m x 3m 8 2ft x 9 84 ft 2 3 4 Networking Pre Installation Requirements 2 3 4 1 Stand alone Unit without Network Connection None 2 3 4 2 Unit Connected to Hospital s Network Supported networks 100 10 Mbit sec 2 3 4 3 Purpose of the DICOM Network Function DICOM services provide the operator with clinically useful features for moving images and patient information over a hospital network Examples of DICOM services include the transfer of images to workstations for viewing or transferring images to remote printers As an added benefit transferring images in this manner frees up the on board monitor and peripherals enabling viewing to be done while scanning continues With DICOM images can be archived stored and retrieved faster easier and at a lower cost Chapter 2
249. rchive Package option is not installed 3 Select Display patients gender on screen to display the patient s gender in the patient information area of the scanning screen not applicable to OB applications 4 Select Delete Confirmation to prompt the user to confirm delete commands 5 Select the type of weight measurement to be used during examinations and in the Patient Details pages from the Weight Units dropdown list 6 Select the type of height measurement to be used during examinations and in the Patient Details pages from the Height Units dropdown list Chapter 3 Installation 3 37 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo ViviD 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 Select the patient ID page type from the Patient ID Page Type dropdown list as follows e Type A displays patient ID last and first name weight height BSA BP and other fields e Type B displays all Type A fields except patient ID e Type C displays all Type A fields except patient ID weight height and BSA It also displays the sonographer s name e Type D displays all Type A fields except patient ID weight height BSA and BP 8 Select the patient data to be displayed in the patient information area of the scanning screen title bar from the Title Additional Patient Info dropdown list 9 Select the type of media to which data is stored during backup from the Backup Device Is dropdown list 10 Select Eject MO Disk on Shutdown to
250. rd Control Card P amp S Battery Figure 5 20 Back End Component Locations BT02 BT03 RFT Configuration 5 28 Section 5 1 Overview Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivipo 3 PRO ViVID 3 SERVICE MANUAL Figure 5 21 Back End Block Diagram BT02 BT03 RFI Configuration Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory 5 29 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL MO Driver ECG Module CD R Driver Floppy Driver HD Driver To LAN lt gt To Front End pa i Audio Bracket Plug amp Scan Card SCSI Card M3 Network Card PCI2IP Card aaa Empty slot Ha Key Board Control Card Mother Board P amp S Battery Monitor Audio Doppler A N Keyboard Extended Keyboard Figure 5 22 Back End Block Diagram BT02 BT03 RFT Configuration 5 30 Section 5 1 Overview Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MAN
251. re 5 3 System Cabling Diagram Vivid 3 BT03 RFI Configuration Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory 5 5 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL SYSTEM MONITOR Imm 06 15 2336022 2 COLOR 2269429 PRINTER sy Speaker 2269309 MONITOR pensum p BRACKET i Ca AH TABS Ba CA c e 5 2269432 et Track 05 Color Printer Trig K B Assy Bal K BAN K B Matrix From Ac 2399784 From Ac System System 2252078 BEP 2315842 7 Basic 2 E FUE Mouse PS2 R PEDAL K B PS2 8 066E0007 ECG assy 2256476 Pci K B amp Audio Ctrl 2253027 5 Came 2252982 2252975 K B Ctrl 2252979 Audio Audio Ctrl Gen amp Amp
252. rease after the cursor angle half of the screen to the other is changed 4 4 2 7S Probe Image Quality Tests 4 4 2 1 2D Center Noise Test NOTE This test should be performed in a dark room Table 4 29 2D Noise Center Test 7S Step Task Expected Result s With a 7S probe in the air select a Pediatrics preset Reduce the 2D Gain until the background noise disappears Increase the Gain until flashlight noise is displayed in the center of the screen as shown opposite and write down the Gain value Increase the Gain until the background noise is displayed and write down the Gain value Ensure that the Gain difference is not higher than 2 4 18 Section 4 4 Image Testing 2D M CFM Doppler Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 4 3 C358 Curved Probe Image Quality Tests 4 4 3 1 2D Artifacts Test Table 4 30 2D Artifacts Test C358 Step Task Expected Result s 4 Use the Standard Imaging Phantom RMI403GS 2 3 Set the following parameters 1 e Depth 22cm 2 HE Frame Rate 2 single focus eoe 7 Y Focus Location 12cm ee gt g NB Be pi md Standard Phantom 3 Look for artifacts in the image 4 4 3 2 CFM Artifacts Test Table 4 31 CFM
253. rtisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo ViviD 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 3 7 Note NOTE NOTE Beamformer BF Diagnostic Tests The BF diagnostic tests enable you to check the ADC output and perform a digital beamformer test Before performing the BF tests perform the IMP VME Bus RFT and FEC tests as described beginning on page 7 13 If the BF test is performed without first performing these tests and errors are identified you must perform the FEC tests then the RFT test the VME Bus test and the IMP test to ensure that the BF board is the source of the error When replacing the BF perform calibration as described in the Calibration section on page 6 14 IMPORTANT Do not perform BF Calibration after operating in CW or PW scanning modes since validation will fail Perform the BF Calibration procedure only after 2D scanning mode 1 Access the FE Diagnostics dialog box as described in the Accessing the Front End Diagnostic Options section on page 7 6 2 Inthe FE Diagnostics dialog box trackball to the BF tab and press Select OR Trackball to the BF button in the Data Flow Map and press Select The BF tab is displayed as shown in Figure 7 11 or Figure 7 12 below Data Flow Map Test Description Area Test Area Comment Area Tabs Figure 7 11 BF Tab FE Diagnostics Dialog Box RFI Configuration Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 21 Artisan Technolo
254. s at the front of the unit to ensure that they do not protrude from the unit or interfere with the wheels Store all other probes in their original cases soft cloth or foam to prevent damage The park port may also be used for a probe connection although it is not active 5 Ensure that no loose items are left on the unit 6 Unlock the brakes by pressing down on the pedal to return it to the middle position 3 68 Section 3 8 Storing and Transporting the Unit Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo ViviD 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 8 3 Safety Precautions for Moving the Vivid 3 Unit CAUTION Whenever moving the Vivid 3 ultrasound unit always observe the following safety A precautions 1 Proceed cautiously when crossing door or elevator thresholds Grasp the front handle grips or the back handle bar and then push or pull DO NOT attempt to move the unit by pulling its cables or probe connectors 2 Ensure that the unit does not strike walls or door frames 3 Ensure that the pathway is clear 4 Move the unit slowly and carefully 5 Take extra care while moving the unit long distances and on inclines 6 Avoid ramps with an incline of greater than ten degrees to prevent the unit from tipping over Once the destination is reached lock the front wheel brakes 3 8 4 Wooden Shipping Crate and Packaging Materi
255. s controlled by the CPU via the IDE Bus ECG Module The ECG Patient I O module is used to track and convert the ECG signal either via Internal ECG leads or External sources In addition the ECG module provides an interface to Microphone input and FootSwitch pedal The Foot switch is a pass through to the keyboard functions while the other functions are communicated to the BEP via the Com2 serial port of the BEP The Internal leads of the ECG are optically isolated to fit FAD standards External BCG Com2 RS 232 5V HIV Figure 5 26 ECG Patient I O Module Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory 5 37 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 5 15 Modem The Modem is a universal modem controlled by the CPU via the USB port The modem is used for iLing InSite remote servicing This is a standard MultiTech modem that connects to an analog phone line BEP USB COM3 External I O Modem Analog phone line To hospital s analog phone line Figure 5 27 Modem Block Diagram 5 38 Section 5 1 Overview Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO ViVID 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5
256. s into the compartment on the left side if the unit 25 Slip the antistatic cover bag item 11 over the unit from above 26 Wrap the excess antistatic sheet item 6 that was previously placed in the wooden platform around the unit and secure it in place using adhesive tape 27 Assemble the cardboard shipping carton as described in the following section Assembling the Cardboard Shipping Carton The Vivid 3 ultrasound unit is packed in a cardboard shipping carton consisting of a cardboard carton cover and a wooden platform that are joined together with clamps and screws A ramp for rolling the ultrasound unit on and off the platform is also included 1 Ensure that the ultrasound unit was properly packed that the brake pedal is in the parking position and that the front stopper is locked and prevents the unit from moving on the wooden platform 2 Place the carton cover item 12 around the wooden platform item 4 so that the front flap is positioned on the narrow side of the wooden platform 3 Fasten the carton to the wooden platform along the lower right rear and left sides with two staples item 15 on each side 4 Lift the ramp item 5 and place it in the front of the carton 5 Putthe accessories carton and probes cartons in their original positions behind the monitor 6 Foldin the front flaps of the carton cover and fasten them with eight staples item 15 and two wood screws item 16 7 Fold the two short carton
257. s the Freeze button Evaluate the print quality Adjust the brightness and or 3 Riess ME Print B Dutton contrast of the B W printer if required Color Printer Tests Table 4 10 Color Printer Test Step Task Expected Result s Scan a blood vessels in 2D Mode or a phantom 1 simulating a similar CFM effect then activate CFM to see color 2 Press the Freeze button 3 Press the Print A button Evaluate the color print quality Adjust the brightness and or contrast of the Color printer if required Chapter 4 Functional Checks 4 5 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 3 Mechanical Functions 4 3 3 1 Console Movement Test Table 4 11 Console Movement Test Step Task Expected Result s 1 Pull the front handle located under the control console Ensure that you do not apply too much force to move and lift the console to its maximum height the console and that the console movement is smooth 2 Pull the front handle located under the control console Ensure that you do not apply too much force to move and push the console to its minimum height the console and that the console movement is smooth 4 3 3 2 Brakes Function Test Table 4 12 Brakes Function Test Step Task Expected Result s Push t
258. san Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 6 7 System Options Tab 1 Press Config on the alphanumeric keyboard The System Configuration window is displayed 2 Trackball to the System Options tab and press Select The System Options tab is displayed as shown below it Operator Group Default Figure 3 25 System Options Tab Note If an option is not available for the specific ultrasound unit the option name and Key field is disabled grey 3 Trackball to the Key field next to the name of the option being installed and use the alphanumeric keyboard to enter the password supplied by GE Note If an incorrect password is entered if the option has already been correctly installed in the system it will be removed Note Please note that all passwords should be visible underneath the control console or and on the green password option certificate If a new password option is required contact the GE representative to initiate the appropriate process so that the relevant password option will be installed on the system 4 Trackball to Apply and press Select The status of the option changes to Installed 5 Repeat steps 3 and 4 as required 6 Trackball to the OK button and press Select Chapter 3 Installation 3 41 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REV
259. shown below Patient List UA Last First Updated w Ex Im SE Delete Utilities Figure 3 44 Patient List Window 2 Select the Local Archive Int HD DICOM Server option from the drop down list at the bottom of the window If the system will not accept the dataflow or displays an error message there is an error in dataflow communication 3 Begin an exam for a new patient and store some images The storage process will take longer as each loop is now stored in both raw data and DICOM format 4 Begin an exam for a new patient Once the second patient is active the first patient s exam is closed and sent to the spooler to be sent over the network 3 62 Section 3 7 Connectivity Setup Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 Press lt Ctrl S gt to view the status of the spooler as shown below 3 7 6 Note Figure 3 45 Job Spooler The Status column can contain the following options Hold Images are in the spooler buffer but transmission has not begun as the exam is active e Active Images are being transmitted over the network Done Transmission is complete and all the images have been transmitted over the network Fail Transmission failed or is incomplete An error message will be displayed in the Error column Co
260. smitted at a prescribed delay between the elements and immediately after this are received all the time aiming at one point at a specific depth In this way echo signals are collected from all points along a certain line from which a vector is created The vector is transmitted to the MUX board and from there to the Beamformer where it is amplified and undergoes analog to digital conversion From here RF signals are transmitted to the RFT board where an image is created e Color Flow Mode CFM shows the movement of particles this mode is usually used together with 2D mode In CFM mode the echo signal received is used to measure the amount of frequency phase change degree of shift this is referred to as the Doppler effect When using CFM and 2D modes together at the same time that the signal is received in parallel it is used to generate a signal through a circuit that translates the Doppler effect and from which it generates a color image Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory 5 13 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo ViviD 3 SERVICE MANUAL Focusor Delay amp Apodization Focusor Delay amp Apodization Y a lt q v lissue Processing SM La pa Baseband Kahn sa i low pass filtering 1 i and decimation Memory l
261. ssary Trackball to the Validation button and press Select to validate the currently 6 8 4 Dinanastic saved bias voltages for each channel without performing calibration Video Grabbing Calibration Video Grabbing calibration is performed when the system s Y C Video Output is connected to the Y C Video Input 1 Access the calibration options as described in the Calibration section page 6 14 2 Trackball to the Video Grabbing button and press Select The Video Grabbing window is displayed as shown below Volume Figure 6 8 Video Grabbing Window Chapter 6 Service Adjustments 6 17 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO ViVip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 Connect the Y C cable from Video OUT to Video IN on the right rear panel 4 Select the PatternB amp W bmp from the Test with one of bitmaps area You will observe the duplication of the selected pattern This selected pattern is generated by the system and grabbed by the IP card Compare the two patterns on the screen and ensure that the right side has almost the same quality as the left side Note The video signal path is from the Back End SVGA board output to the VIC via the rear panel connector IP and then back to the Back End via the PC2IP cable 5 Select the PatternColor bmp from the Test with one of bitmaps area You will observe
262. stem The AC System see Figure 5 30 comprises the following components e AC Isolation Transformer e AC Distribution Box as described in AC Distribution Box on page 5 45 AC Input Box see AC Input Box on page 5 45 Thermal Fuses see Thermal Fuses on page 5 45 Refer to Figure 5 29 below for RFl configured systems for RFT configured systems see Figure 5 30 on page 5 44 POWER UP Kara the Main Circuit Breaker Pushing the onfoff hutinn cwitehez on Push the on off vontraciur 1 enabling AC power lu the Switch on the PC After that switches on contractor2 KB Matrik through the KB controller AC INPUT BOX Main inputi Line Circuit Filter Breaker AC Distribution Box PLZIP CARD Figure 5 29 AC System Block Diagram RFI Configuration Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory 5 43 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL POWER UP Kae the Main Circuit Breaker Pushing the aroff hutinn witehes on vontractu 1 enabling AC power lu the PC After that switches on contractor2 inrough the KB controller Push the on off Switch on the KB Matri AC Distribution Box Ambient Temp Sensor NAGP AZOO PLZIP CARD Monitor Figure 5 30 AC System Block Diagram RFT
263. system must be re booted do so Continue testing from the point at which you were required to reboot If a failure occurs re boot the system and test again to verify the outcome of the test 5 o N Cc IL O Na Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 5 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 3 1 Accessing the Front End Diagnostic Options n 2D Mode press lt Ctrl F11 gt on the alphanumeric keyboard The Diagnostic menu is displayed as shown in Figure 7 1 on page 7 3 NOTE It is recommended to commence Front End Diagnostic tests using the Auto Sequence option as described below To perform tests using the manual options see Manual Options on page 7 8 7 3 1 1 Auto Sequence 1 In the Diagnostic menu trackball to the Auto Sequence button and press Select The Automatic FE Testing dialog box is displayed as shown below Figure 7 2 Automatic FE Testing 2 Select the required number of Loops and activate the Enable checkbox 3 Under On Failure activate either the Stop or Continue checkbox as required Stopping on failure enables you to review a failed test the moment it fails Alternatively you may prefer testing to continue on failure and later you may review the report 4 Under Execute Sequence trackball to the Start button and press Select
264. t a Cardiac preset and activate CFM 2 Set the CFM ROI to its maximum size Set the following CFM parameters 3 Range 20cm Tissue Priority O 4 Setthe Active Gain until a few color noise dots The Active Gain should be between 61and 65 appear in the ROI 4 12 Section 4 4 Image Testing 2D M CFM Doppler Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 4 4 1 5 4 4 1 6 CFM Stationary Noise Test Table 4 22 CFM Stationary Noise Test 3S Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Step Task Expected Result s Use the vertical nail area in the Electronic Flow Phantom RMI1425A Position 2 Position 1 Back Back x m Y m 35cm n Front Front A Top View P Place the 3S probe above the vertical nails e Tissue Priority 0 Flash 0 2 line position 1 3 Select a Cardiac preset and activate CFM Set the following CFM parameters Gain Max possible without color noise 4 Ensure that the color does not appear constantly on the white nail Probe Operation Check Alignment and Sensitivity Test Table 4 23 Probe Operation Check Alignment and Sensitivity Test 3S Step Task Expected Result s Position 2 Position 1 Back Back v kB cm v kB cm 1 Use the Electronic Flow Phantom RM11425A we HA Front Front A B Ton View
265. t are broken replace the gasket Replace broken RF gaskets Do not turn on the unit until any loose metallic part is removed and replaced if needed Never place a label where RF gaskets meet the unit Otherwise the gap created will permit RF leakage In case a label has been found in such a location move the label to a different appropriate location Do not place labels where RF gaskets touch metal The interconnect cables are grounded and require ferrite beads and other shielding Cable length material and routing are all important do not make any changes that do not meet all specifications Use GE specified harnesses and peripherals Take care with cellular phones Cellular phones may transmit a 5 V m signal that causes image artifacts Do not allow cables to lie across the top of the card cage or hang out of the peripheral bays Loop any peripheral cable excess length inside the peripheral bays or hang on the hooks provided below the console Attach the monitor cables to the frame Properly address peripheral cables Chapter 3 Installation 3 21 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 5 Completing the Hardware Installation X Y 3 5 1 A hi A It is recommended to pay attention to the system specifications and make sur
266. t voltage power cord and its plug must meet the local standard requirements 5 46 Section 5 6 External Peripherals Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 5 7 4 Front End DC Power Distribution RFI Dd Front Dd MUX Rd RF Rd m Wand pasabi 5 n 9 aswa 154 J35 Jas oe ns 125 10 1034 Hs o m MITT O 15 o J34 aver JM PTs 034 Ie o 96 nm 110 110 m H making 5 P o SYA ns m Ja o A 125 gt MUA Ja Na HVA a Di Jal VA 5 125 125 e s H 4 15 AVCC Ki MEASURMENTS E JI ii J36 146 5 AVFF o nr NA RFI Bd Figure 5 32 DC Distribution Front End Crate Vivid 4 Systems with RFI Configuration 5 47 Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 1 00 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo VivipD 3 SERVICE MANUAL Front Bd MUX Bd BF2 BF1 FEC RFT Image Port DC PWR 5VA AVCC 5VA 15A 1
267. tative 1 Press Config on the alphanumeric keyboard The System Configuration window is displayed 2 Trackball to the System Options tab and press Select The System Options tab is displayed as shown below r Default Operator Group Default Figure 3 33 System Options Tab 3 52 Section 3 7 Connectivity Setup GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo ViviD 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 Verify that the following options are installed as required DICOM Media Creator is required to support DICOM storage to MOD or CD R media DICOM Network Connectivity is required to support DICOM storage over the network for example to Proslov e EchoNET Connectivity is required to support an EchoPAC direct connection Excel Export is required to support the ability to export measurements and reports to Microsoft Excel files 4 Enable the DICOM printer option as required under the Services sub tab see Figure 3 34 System Configuration for per 11 Uwcom Prim Figure 3 34 Setting up DICOM Print 5 Enable any other remote server as iile for example Services My Computer select MPEGvueCDR as shown in I 3 3 35 Chapter 3 Installation 3 53 GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL mm Coofiguretion for per1 t Group Default Nart I yyt Nos ILLU Fchonaranase v3 8 ONC LocalDD MOD325 RawD CchoDatabes LocalDB COR RawData E
268. tch can be in any position EchoPAC PC Vivid7 Vivid3 Use only Standard non crossed Ethernet cabling Figure 3 31 Local Network Connection 3 7 2 3 Hospital Network Connection to EchoPAC PC Workstation Using standard non crossed cables and MDI Switch set to position HUB connect like this Wall connection EchoPAC PC or Vivid7 Vivid3 Figure 3 32 Hospital Network Connections See the EchoPAC PC Service Manual Part Number EP091298 for details about the EchoPAC PC and the required set up procedures Chapter 3 Installation 3 51 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 7 3 Setting Up for Connectivity Notes e Four passwords are required to complete the setup of the connectivity options Ensure that all these passwords are installed on the Vivid 3 ultrasound unit before you begin the configuration procedure The 3rd Connector option is available for use with Vivid 3 BT03 systems The HL7 option not listed is a licence granting permission to connect the system to the HL7 gateway through the EchoPAC This function which is configured on EchoPAC not on the Vivid 3 system is used to export examination results to the Hospital Information System HIS through HL7 protocol Users requiring this option should contact the GE represen
269. tem Configuration dialog box select the VCR ECG tab and make sure Either PAL or NTSC is selected 4 Click the Technical Support tab and make sure Frequency is set to either 60Hz for NTSC or 50Hz for PAL 5 Click OK Note Ifthe video format is not set correctly contact an authorized GE Service Representative 6 8 Section 6 4 Back End Power Supply Voltages Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo ViviD 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 6 6 Monitor Operation 6 6 1 NOTE 6 6 1 1 The monitor settings that can be adjusted for the Vivid 3 ultrasound unit can be split into two main types Geometry For example image size position linearity and so on The geometry calibration is usually performed once and rarely requires additional recalibration e Image Quality For example brightness contrast and color balance as described in the Image Quality Calibration section page 6 12 Vivid 3 Samsung 15 and 17 Monitor Operation The information in this section relates to the new type Samsung monitors as follows e Samsung 15 Monitor SyncMaster 591S P N 2336022 2 e Samsung 17 Monitor SyncMaster 795MB P N 2336835 6 Most of the adjustments you make to your monitor will be accessed through the on screen menu described in the next section The Contrast and Brightness features can
270. tgoing data is transferred to the BEP via the IMP through the PCI Bus Front End Back End RFT Pipe link P3 MUX Monitoring Ring Buff ing Buffer FC Bus Memory 5 8 SVHS WiC P3 A29 30 3 Image Port IMP 5 S PCIBus o Back End FEC Clock P2 E i VME Hua P7 e VME Bus P3 Figure 5 18 Image Port Block Diagram 5 4 9 Back Plane Board Motherboard The Back Plane Board serves as a mother board which connects all the boards signals It also distributes the low voltages for the FE Crate boards and the TX voltages It hosts all the FE boards as shown in the following figures e Systems with RFI Configuration see Figure 5 1 on page 5 8 e Systems with RFT Configuration see Figure 5 2 on page 5 9 Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory 5 25 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 5 5 Back End Processor 5 5 1 Introduction The Back End Processor BEP supports the operation of the Vivid 3 ultrasound unit and is the main controller for the unit The BEP comprises the various components described in the following sections e Central Processing Unit CPU on page 5 31 e Keyboard Controller on page 5 34 e Frame Grabber RFI systems only on page 5 35 e PC2IP on page 5 35 e Plug and Scan Card and Battery on page 5 3
271. that the media is actually inside 7 Select the Format button The message Media in drive G was formatted successfully is displayed The message Media in drive G has following 8 Select the GetVollnfo button properties Media Label MY_LABEL Media File System Name FAT is displayed 9 Select the Get BTPsector button The message The Bytes Per Sector value of media in drive G is 512 is displayed 10 Select the SetVolLabel button The message Media Label set to TEST_LABEL1 is displayed The message Media in drive G has following 11 Select the GetVollnfo button properties Media Label TEST_LABEL Media File System Name FAT is displayed 12 Select the Exit button and close the Diagnostic Application 13 Press the Archive button on the keyboard The Patient List window is displayed 14 Press the Utilities button on the soft menu The General Status window is displayed The Utility window is displayed showing the message 15 Press the Removable Media Utility button Free space on Media 1096 MB Type the new label for example Side1 then select The message Current Media Name is SIDE1 Media 16 the Format button was formatted successfully is displayed Confirm YES to the warning message MO Label SIDE1 MO STATUS MOUNTED I The message Media Ejected is displayed 17 Select the Eject button j MO STATUS Ejected 18 Select the OK button to exit the utility 4 8 Section 4 3 Functional Check Artisan Technology Group Quality I
272. the duplication of the selected pattern This selected pattern is generated by the system and grabbed by the IP card Compare the two patterns on the screen and ensure that the right side has almost the same quality as the left side 6 To complete the test select bitmap screen calibrate bmp and verify the correct image geometry 7 Trackball to the Close button and press Select 6 18 Section 6 8 Calibration Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting Section 7 1 Overview 7 1 1 Purpose of Chapter This chapter describes how to set up and run diagnostic tools to locate system problems and failures The Vivid 3 ultrasound unit includes built in diagnostic tools that can be accessed from the scanner application Table 7 1 Contents in Chapter 7 Section Description Page Number 7 1 Overview TA 7 2 Diagnostics 7 2 7 3 Performing Front End FE Diagnostics 7 5 7 4 Performing Back End Diagnostics on the System 7 68 7 5 Common Service Interface 7 84 7 6 Automatic Error Log 7 126 Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 1 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo ViviD
273. the right and left rear panels and the ECG cable connected to the front panel 6 Verify the presence of all the external cables listed in Table 3 4 on page 3 13 and pack them in carton A item 19 7 Release and unplug the power cable connector from the AC input at the rear of the unit and loop it on the hook located on the rear cover 8 Unplug the AC power cable from the monitor 9 Verify the presence of all the accessories listed in Table 3 5 on page 3 14 and pack them in carton B item 19 0 Pack the User Manual and any other manuals in an antistatic bag item 4 11 12 Lay the case base on the floor with the two wood strips facing upwards Cover the top side of the base with the antistatic sheet 2 2 m x 3m 7 2 ft x 10 ft item 2 13 Lay the top cover ramp item 3 on the floor and push it over the narrow side of the case base in front of the unit Note The top cover serves first as a ramp on which to roll the unit onto the crate base and later as the crate top cover 14 Turn the unit s front wheels inwards and parallel to the unit and lock their swivel movement by pressing the brake pedal down to the right 15 Push the unit using its front handle and roll it over the ramp on top of the antistatic sheet that was previously placed on the crate base until the front wheels touch the halting wood strips on each side of the crate base 16 Move the rear wheels inwards and parallel to the unit and lock all
274. ther with Clip lok clips 3y ft NG Lm C7 mo vro comm 10x vere vor OF TOP Cores MI FRONT WALL TO SPOTS CORNER J Figure 3 1 Vivid 3 Wooden Shipping Crate 3 3 1 1 Removing the Clip lok Clips When unpacking the Vivid 3 ultrasound unit always remove the Clip lok clips as follows 1 Locate and remove the clip remover tool item 23 that is secured on the outside of the wooden crate as shown in Figure 3 1 above 2 Insert the hand level of the clip remover tool under the flange of the long leg of the clip 3 Place your free hand over the clip to prevent injury when the clip is removed 4 Rock the lever downwards towards the edge of the case to remove the clip 3 4 Section 3 3 Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 3 1 2 NOTE Unpacking and Removing the Unit from the Wooden Crate Before unpacking the unit inspect the wooden crate for damage Inspect the Drop and Tilt indicators on the Shock watch and Tilt watch labels respectively for evidence of accidental shock or tilting of the crate during transit see Figure 3 2 below If the crate is damaged or if either the Drop or Tilt indicators have turned red Showing failure please inform the GE Medical Systems sales repres
275. to 40 V HV2 and the third outputting 80 V for the multiplexers in the linear probes HV1 and HV2 are programmable through a serial interface from the FEC board Mid Processors The Vivid 3 Front End and visualization system are interconnected through digital signal processing modules called the Mid Processors These processors perform the adequate signal conditioning for the different data types Tissue Doppler and Flow The current Mid Processors are the RF amp Tissue Processor board RFT Pipelink Bus e The Mid Processors are interconnected through a data bus system called the Pipelink This is a uni directional bus transporting data from the pipelink dispatcher RF amp Tissue Processor through the accessed processor to the destination the Image Port The Image Port will then map the data into the Image Memory Data leaving the RF 8 Tissue Processor have a tag indicating what type of data is transported for example tissue Doppler 2D Flow Each of the remaining mid processors decode this tag and when it matches their own address the data is processed n 2D mode data is typically transferred in vector blocks from the RFT board In Doppler and Color Flow data from one range gate is transferred Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory 5 11 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vi
276. tole checkbox to place markers only on the systole portion for synchronization and analysis purposes Select the Advanced Synchronization checkbox to enable the use of a special synchronization algorithm This algorithm allows non linear stretching of the time base to compensate for non linearity of the heart cycle between the resting HR and elevated HR e Select the Special Systole Colorization checkbox to enable the function of systole and diastole colorization if required This function will present the systolic ECG signal in a different color from that of the diastolic ECG signal Note The default factory setups are seen in Figure 3 27 on page 3 45 However the user may want to set different values and presets 3 46 Section 3 6 System Configuration Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 3 6 10 Technical Support Tab The System Configuration Technical Support tab is used when new hardware has been installed or when it necessary to enable new functionality The appearance of the Technical Support tab differs in accordance with the specific Vivid 4 BT03 model RFI or RFT configuration as described below RFI configured systems RFT configured systems ECG econd Re Revision E E U 3 TR UH Revision 4 U2 Ver No board Monitoring
277. ton then use 4 the Rewind soft key to rewind the cassette to the The recorded Image is played back beginning before pressing the Play soft key Verify that in CW Mode both the left and right audio 5 channels are working and that the played back audio is similar to the recorded audio in both the left and right speakers Section 4 3 Functional Check Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 4 3 2 2 4 3 2 3 4 3 2 4 Video OUT Test Table 4 8 Video OUT Test Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Step Task Expected Result s 1 Activate a CineLoop or Freeze a scanned image Connect the monitor to the composite VIDEO OUT 1 connector and check the image The image is displayed correctly Connect the monitor to the composite VIDEO OUT 2 connector and check the image The image is displayed correctly Connect the monitor to the composite VIDEO B W connector and check the image See B W Printer Tests below The image is displayed correctly Connect the monitor to the Color Printer RGB connectors and check the image See Color Printer Tests below The image is displayed correctly B W Printer Tests Table 4 9 B W Printer Test Step Task Expected Result s 1 Scan a phantom or suitable interface in 2D Mode 2 Pres
278. tor SyncMaster 591S P N 2336022 2 e Samsung 17 Monitor SyncMaster 795MB P N 2336835 6 This section describes how to calibrate image quality related settings for the new type 15 and 17 monitor on Vivid 3 ultrasound systems configured with software version 2 0 or above The information complements the basic monitor adjustment instructions described in the Vivid 3 Pro Vivid 3 Expert User s Manual 2300163 100 Rev 0 pages 2 27 and 2 28 Note When the system is first switched on the image may appear to be too dark or to have too much contrast The display monitor takes 20 minutes to warm up before it shows its final contrast brightness and color hues Perform screen calibration only after the display monitor has warmed up 1 With the display monitor menu turned ON press the Q button to adjust contrast or the button to adjust brightness on the side of the monitor 2 Press the arrows button on the side of the monitor to decrease or increase the selected value refer to Figure 6 4 on page 6 9 These recommended settings are stable and do not drift over time but may vary from monitor to monitor Adjust these recommended values to meet your specific requirements For example cardiac users may prefer greater contrast in which case set the contrast to 90 or even 100 Radiologists may prefer less contrast in which case set the contrast to below 80 Table 6 13 Vivid 3 15 and 17 Monitors Brightness and Contrast Settings
279. try voltage as described in the Voltage Level Checks section on page 3 31 For more details about peripherals installation refer to Vivid 3 Peripherals Installation Manual Rear Panel Connectors The Vivid 3 ultrasound unit is equipped with two rear panels that provide the connections for peripheral devices as shown in Figure 3 14 below Right and left are determined from the front of the unit Refer to the Right Rear Panel Connectors section on page 3 24 and to the Left Rear Panel Connectors section on page 3 25 for details about each panel Right Rear Panel Left Rear Panel Figure 3 14 Rear Panel Connectors Rear View Chapter 3 Installation 3 23 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 3 5 2 1 1 Right Rear Panel Connectors Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Table 3 9 describes the connectors included in the right rear panel shown in Figure 3 15 Figure 3 15 Right Rear Panel Connectors Table 3 9 Right Rear Panel Connectors Name Description 1 AUXILIARY AC OUTLET For use with external peripherals Voltages are set according to local country voltage 2 AUXILIARY AC OUTLET For use with external peripherals Voltages are set according to local country voltage If additional auxiliary outlets are required use the special cable provided by GE DO NOT att
280. ts Red Board Failure Normally OFF Green Board OK Normally lit Yellow Scan Lit during scanning Yellow Probe Change Lit during probe change Yellow No Probe Lit if no probe is selected Yelow HV Over Rango oe 6 3 4 RF and Tissue Processor RFT Table 6 6 RF and Tissue Processor LEDs LED Indicates When Lit Comments Red Board Failure Normally OFF Green Board OK Normally lit Yellow DSP Runs Normally blinking Yellow Data Out on Pipeline Lit during data transfer to pipelink Red Clock Problems Normally OFF Red Clock Problems Normally OFF Red Clock Problems Normally OFF 6 3 5 Beamformer BF Table 6 7 Beamformer LEDs LED Indicates When Lit Comments Red Board Failure Normally OFF Green Board OK Normally lit Yellow Bus Protocol Error Normally OFF Yellow Scan Normally OFF Yellow 6 6 Section 6 3 Front End Voltages and Signal Indicators Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivio 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 6 3 6 Channels Multiplexer MUX Table 6 8 Channels Multiplexer LEDs LED Indicates When Lit Comments Green 5V PS is OK Normally lit Green 5V PS is OK Normally lit Green 5V PS is OK Normally lit Green 5V PS is OK Normally lit Green 5V PS is OK Normally lit 6 3 7 Front Board Assembly FB Table 6 9 Front Board Assembly
281. ts should be noted Donotdrop a probe or strike it against a hard surface as this may damage the transducer elements acoustic lens or housing Do not use a cracked or damaged probe In this event call your field service representative immediately to obtain a replacement e Avoid pulling pinching or kinking the probe cable since a damaged cable may compromise the electrical safety of the probe e To avoid the risk of a probe accidentally falling do not allow the probe cables to become entangled or to be caught in the machine s wheels For detailed information on handling endocavity probes refer to the appropriate supplementary instructions for each probe In addition refer to the Vivid 3 Pro Vivid 3 Expert User Manual for detailed probe handling instructions Chapter 1 Introduction 1 9 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 1 3 5 7 e Dangerous Procedure Warnings Warnings such as the examples below precede potentially dangerous procedures throughout this manual Instructions contained in the warnings must be followed DANGEROUS VOLTAGES CAPABLE OF CAUSING DEATH ARE PRESENT IN THIS EQUIPMENT USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN HANDLING TESTING AND ADJUSTING EXPLOSION WARNING DO NOT OPERATE THE EQUIPMENT IN AN EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERE OPERATION OF ANY
282. ty Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 6 3 1 6 3 2 RFI LEDs Table 6 3 RFI LEDs LED LED Color Description Normal State LD505 B Red Demod Error LD504 I Green Lit in Scanning Mode Slow tick in idle LD503 E Yellow Transmit data to BEP During Processing LD502 E Red Not Used LD501 E Yellow Not Used LD500 B Green Not Used LD12 I Green 5 0 V status LD22 I Green 2 0 V status LD11 I Green 1 4 V status LD10 I Green 1 5 V status LD9 I Green 3 3 V status LD8 I Green 5 0 V status LD7 I Green 2 5 V status Image Port IMP LEDs Table 6 4 Image Port LEDs LED Indicates When Lit Comments Red Board Failure Normally ON Yellow Yellow VME Master Lit during scanning and data transfer Yellow VME Slave Green Board OK Normally lit Red Board Failure Normally OFF Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Chapter 6 Service Adjustments Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 6 3 3 Front End Controller FEC LEDs Table 6 5 Front End Controller LEDs LED Indicates When Lit Commen
283. u to perform three types of calibration as described in the following sections Monitor Calibration section page 6 16 Beamformer Calibration section page 6 17 e Video Grabbing Calibration section page 6 17 6 8 1 Accessing the Calibration Options 1 Press lt Ctrl F11 gt or lt Alt D gt on the alphanumeric keyboard The Diagnostic dialog box is displayed as shown below Figure 6 5 Diagnostic Dialog Box 6 14 Section 6 8 Calibration Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 2 Trackball to the Calibration button and press Select The following calibration options are displayed Figure 6 6 Calibration Options Chapter 6 Service Adjustments 6 15 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivio 3 PRo ViviD 3 SERVICE MANUAL 6 8 2 Monitor Calibration Monitor calibration should be performed after adjusting the image quality settings using the monitor s control buttons as described in the Monitor Operation section page 6 9 1 Access the calibration options as described in the Calibration section page 6 14 2 Trackball to the Display option and press Select The Calibration Display window is displayed as shown below 0
284. ubleshooting for detailed descriptions of some of the functional checks described in this chapter Table 4 1 Contents in Chapter 4 Section Description Page Number 4 1 Overview 4 1 4 2 General Procedures 4 2 4 3 Functional Check 4 3 4 4 Image Testing 2D M CFM Doppler 4 11 4 5 System Turnover Checklist 4 26 4 6 Site Log 4 33 Chapter 4 Functional Checks 4 1 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Section 4 2 General Procedures Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 4 2 1 Power ON OFF and Boot up Tests Table 4 2 Power ON OFF and Boot up Tests Step Task Expected Result s 1 Power up the unit by holding down the On Off button Verify that no warning messages are displayed during bootup Verify that all the peripherals are turned ON Verify that all the front end fans the back end fan and the peripherals are working and clean Listen to fan spinning sound check filter go to monitoring and verify that all fans are working 2 Connect each of the probes available for the system Mena that ihe system propery Fecognizesieach oF the probes and displays the correct probe ID 3 Turn OFF the unit by holding down the On Off button for Verify that system enters Standby mode indicated by a no longer than 3 seconds the blinking On Off
285. unit symbols to advise or warn the user ATTENTION Consult accompanying documents is intended to alert the user to refer to the User Manual or other instructions Rear of the unit when complete information cannot be provided on the label CAUTION Dangerous voltage the lightning flash with arrowhead in equilateral triangle is used to indicate electric shock hazards Rear of the unit Protective Earth Indicates the protective earth grounding terminal ESSI theunit Equipotentiality Indicates the terminal to be used for connecting equipotential conductors when interconnecting grounding with other equipment Peripherals oebbb Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment WEEE Disposal This symbol indicates that the waste of electrical and electronic equipment must not be disposed as unsorted municipal waste and must be collected separately Please contact an authorized representative of the manufacturer for information concerning the decommissioning of your equipment Rear of the unit 1 14 Section 1 4 Product Labels and Icons Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 1 4 3 Vivid 3 External Labels In addition to the labels described in the previous section additional labels may be found on the Vivid
286. ure suus 8 13 Bottom Keyboard Cover Replacement Procedure 8 14 Speaker Cover Replacement Procedure llus 8 16 Control Console Bottom Cover Upper Section Replacement Procedure 8 17 Control Console Top Cover Replacement Procedure Upper Section 8 20 Right and Left Probe Holders Replacement Procedure 8 23 Front Handle Replacement Procedure 0 0000 cece enn 8 24 Rear Handle Replacement Procedure 000 c eee cease 8 25 Control Console Components Replacement 220000eeeeee 8 27 Vivid 3 Monitor 15 Replacement Procedure Samsung P N 2336022 2 8 27 Vivid 3 17 Monitor Replacement Procedure 1 8 30 Vivid 3 17 Monitor Replacement Procedure 2 8 34 Keyboard Replacement Procedure a 8 37 Keypad Replacement Procedure 2c eee eeeeeees 8 38 Keycaps External Keyboard Replacement Procedure 8 39 Rotary Knob External Keyboard Replacement Procedure 8 40 Trackball Replacement Procedure a 8 42 Speaker Replacement Procedure eee eee eee 8 43 Front End Paris Replacement 222v eel meum x RR EROR dX AKEN m n RE ae 8 44 Front End Boards Replacement Procedure suus 8 44 TR4 Boards Replacement Procedure 0000 ce eee eens 8 46 DC Power Supply Replacement Procedure
287. use 2 6 Section 2 2 Console Requirements Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 2 3 Facility Needs 2 3 1 Note Purchaser Responsibilities The work and materials required to prepare the site are the responsibility of the purchaser To avoid delay complete all pre installation work before delivery Use the Pre installation Check List provided in Table 2 6 on page 2 12 to verify that all the required steps have been completed Purchaser responsibilities include e Procuring the required materials e Completing the preparations prior to delivery of the ultrasound system Paying the costs of any alterations and modifications not specifically provided for in the sales contract All relevant preliminary electrical installations at the prepared site must be performed by licensed electrical contractors Other connections between electrical equipment and calibration and testing must also be performed by qualified personnel The products involved and the accompanying electrical installations are highly sophisticated and special engineering competence is required All electrical work on these products must comply with the requirements of applicable electrical codes The purchaser of GE equipment must utilize only qualified personnel to perform electrical servic
288. utton and press Select The View Power options are displayed as shown in Figure 7 36 on page 7 60 4 Trackball to the LV PS Voltage button and press Select The LVPS voltage ranges are displayed as shown below Figure 7 38 LVPS Voltage Ranges 5 Trackball to the Show button and press Select to display the voltages Note Forrepeat readings select Loop every and set the reading time cycle 7 62 Section 7 3 Performing Front End FE Diagnostics Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 7 3 9 6 4 HVPS Voltage Test The HVPS test measures the Tx voltages The current values are displayed next to the measured values All the voltages can be measured with DVM on the front board test point Note The Tx voltage may vary according to the operating mode 1 Access the MUX tab of the FB Diagnostics dialog box as described in the Accessing the MUX Diagnostic Test Options section on page 7 47 2 Trackball to the Advanced board tests button and press Select The Advanced System Tests options are displayed as shown in Figure 7 34 on page 7 58 3 Trackball to the Monitor button and press Select The View Power options are displayed as shown in Figure 7 36 on page 7 60 4 Trackball to the HV PS Voltage button and press Select The Tx voltages are displayed as shown below
289. very or in any event within 14 days after receipt and the contents and containers held for inspection by the carrier A transportation company will not pay a claim for damage if an inspection is not requested within this 14 day period CERTIFIED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR STATEMENT FOR USA ONLY All electrical Installations that are preliminary to positioning of the equipment at the site prepared for the equipment shall be performed by licensed electrical contractors Other connections between pieces of electrical equipment calibrations and testing shall be performed by qualified GE Medical Systems personnel In performing all electrical work on these products GE will use its own specially trained field engineers All of GE s electrical work on these products will comply with the requirements of the applicable electrical codes The purchaser of GE equipment shall only utilize qualified personnel i e GE s field engineers personnel of third party service companies with equivalent training or licensed electricians to perform electrical servicing on the equipment OMISSIONS amp ERRORS If there are any omissions errors or suggestions for improving this documentation please contact the GE Medical Systems Global Documentation Group with specific information listing the system type manual title part number revision number page number and suggestion details Mail the information to Service Documentation 4855 W Electric Ave EA 53 Milw
290. vip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL 5 4 1 4 2 MLA 0 and MLA 1 Buses RFI configuration only e The Mid Processors are interconnected through a data bus system called the MLA 0 and MLA 1 These are uni directional buses transporting data from the Beamformer to the Demodulator FPGA on the RFI e Data leaving the Demodulator FPGA have a tag indicating what type of data is transported for example tissue Doppler 2D Flow Each of the remaining mid processor components decode this tag and when it matches their own address the data is processed n 2D mode data is typically transferred in vector blocks from the Demodulator FPGA In Doppler and Color Flow modes data from one range gate is transferred 5 4 1 5 Transmit Signal Path The transmit signal is configured via the operating mode that was selected by the user When this mode is selected it sets those operating parameters for the FEC and the FEC sends a signal to the high voltage power supply HVPS to program one of the supplies HVPS1 or HVPS2 Once the signal is transmitted it is received by the transmit pulsor TP which is a switching device that will propagate the signal between different elements of the probe The propagation of that signal depends on the way in which the FEC programs the Front board RAM table The signal from the HVPS comes in to the TP the TP then generates a signal to the probe connected to the Front board in accordance with a command generated in Timi
291. which contains a keyboard control panel and TGC e Vivid 3 internal electronics are divided into two card cages Front End FE Processor sometimes referred to as Card Cage in this manual Backend Processor BEP e Interconnecting signals from the FE BEP Control Console Monitor and Power distribution subsystems are routed via cables The main functional blocks in Vivid 3 are Front End FE Processor Back End Processor BEP Control Console Power Distribution Peripherals Modem 5 2 Section 5 1 Overview Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 5 3 Block Diagrams 5 3 1 System Block Diagrams The following system block diagrams are included in this section e System Block Diagram Vivid 3 BT03 RFI Configuration see below e System Block Diagram Vivid 3 BT03 RFT Configuration on page 5 4 e System Cabling Diagram Vivid 3 BT03 RFI Configuration on page 5 5 e System Cabling Diagram Vivid 3 BT03 RFI Configuration on page 5 5 RFI Beam Former 64Ch Audio Doppler NN Keyboard Extended Keyboard From Board Figure 5 1 System Block Diagram Vivid 3 BT03 RFI Configuration Chapter 5 Components and Function Theory 5 3 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrume
292. xclamation point contained within a triangle as seen throughout this chapter In addition to text several different graphical icons symbols may be used to make you aware of specific types of hazards that could cause harm Table 1 5 Standard Hazard Icons ELECTRICAL MECHANICAL RADIATION l ry LASER HEAT PINCH X LASER LIGHT Other hazard icons make you aware of specific procedures that should be followed Table 1 6 Standard Icons Indicating a Special Procedure Be Used AVOID STATIC ELECTRICITY TAG AND LOCK OUT WEAR EYE PROTECTION ka EYE PROTECTION Chapter 1 Introduction 1 7 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS gt gt bb A DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRO Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 1 3 Safety Considerations 1 3 1 Introduction The following safety precautions must be observed during all phases of operation service and repair of this equipment Failure to comply with these precautions or with specific warnings elsewhere in this manual violates safety standards of design manufacture and intended use of the equipment 1 3 2 Human Safety Operating personnel must not remove the system covers Servicing should be performed by authorized personnel only Only personnel who have participated in Vivid 3 Training are authorized to service the equipment 1
293. y Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Section 6 3 Front End Voltages and Signal Indicators The majority of the boards in the Front End Crate have red green and yellow LEDs which indicate the board s status as follows e Red LED Lit An error has occurred on the board unless otherwise specified e Yellow LED Lit Software defined e Green LED Lit The board is functioning properly For RFI configured systems see Figure 6 1 below Refer to Figure 6 2 on page 6 4 for systems with the RFT hardware configuration SE a nh dd POO OG CO Figure 6 1 Front End Crate LEDs RFI Configuration Chapter 6 Service Adjustments 6 3 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS DIRECTION 2300164 100 REVISION 7 Vivip 3 PRo Vivip 3 SERVICE MANUAL Figure 6 2 Front End Crate LEDs RFT Configuration The LEDs for each of the boards in the Front End Crate are summarized in the following subsections The LEDs are listed as viewed from the top of the board when positioned in the Front End Crate Note The front end voltages can be measured at the front of the Front Board FB using the voltage test points 6 4 Section 6 3 Front End Voltages and Signal Indicators Artisan Technology Group Quali

Artisan Technology Group is your source for quality new and

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents